R&S SMJ100A Operating Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. R&S Manuals
  4. Portable Generator
  5. SMJ100A
  6. Operating manual

R&S SMJ100A Operating Manual

Vector signal generator
Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
®
R&S
SMJ100A
Vector Signal Generator
Operating Manual
(>3ØÈP)
1403.7458.32 ─ 14

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SMJ100A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for R&S SMJ100A

Summary of Contents for R&S SMJ100A

  • Page 1 ® R&S SMJ100A Vector Signal Generator Operating Manual (>3ØÈP) 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...
  • Page 2 ® This document describes the R&S SMJ100A, stock no. 1403.4507.02 and its options. ● ® R&S SMJ-B9/-B10/-B11 ● ® R&S SMJ-B13 ● ® R&S SMJ-B16 ● R&S ® SMJ-B18 ● ® R&S SMJ-B20 ● ® R&S SMJ-B50/-B51 ● R&S ®...
  • Page 3 Basic Safety Instructions Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions! All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety. Our products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed, built and tested in accordance with the safety standards that apply in each case.
  • Page 4 Basic Safety Instructions Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Caution ! Hot surface Alternating current (AC) Protective conductor terminal Direct/alternating current (DC/AC) To identify any terminal which is intended for connection to an external conductor for protection against electric shock in case of a fault, or the terminal of a protective earth Earth (Ground) Class II Equipment...
  • Page 5 Basic Safety Instructions Operating states and operating positions The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the manufacturer, without the product's ventilation being obstructed. If the manufacturer's specifications are not observed, this can result in electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or death. Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed.
  • Page 6 Basic Safety Instructions 6. The product may be operated only from TN/TT supply networks fuse-protected with max. 16 A (higher fuse only after consulting with the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies). 7. Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the socket provided for this purpose.
  • Page 7 Basic Safety Instructions 2. Before you move or transport the product, read and observe the section titled "Transport". 3. As with all industrially manufactured goods, the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction (allergens) such as nickel cannot be generally excluded. If you develop an allergic reaction (such as a skin rash, frequent sneezing, red eyes or respiratory difficulties) when using a Rohde &...
  • Page 8 Basic Safety Instructions 2. Adjustments, replacement of parts, maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical experts authorized by Rohde & Schwarz. Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety (e.g. power switches, power transformers, fuses). A safety test must always be performed after parts relevant to safety have been replaced (visual inspection, protective conductor test, insulation resistance measurement, leakage current measurement, functional test).
  • Page 9 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Waste disposal/Environmental protection 1. Specially marked equipment has a battery or accumulator that must not be disposed of with unsorted municipal waste, but must be collected separately. It may only be disposed of at a suitable collection point or via a Rohde &...
  • Page 10 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado conforme a las indicaciones de la correspondiente documentación del producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento definido (ver hoja de datos, documentación, informaciones de seguridad que siguen). El uso del producto hace necesarios conocimientos técnicos y ciertos conocimientos del idioma inglés.
  • Page 11 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Símbolo Significado Símbolo Significado Aviso: Cuidado en el manejo de dispositivos Distintivo de la UE para la eliminación por sensibles a la electrostática (ESD) separado de dispositivos eléctricos y electrónicos Más información en la sección "Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente", punto 2.
  • Page 12 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 1. Si no se convino de otra manera, es para los productos Rohde & Schwarz válido lo que sigue: como posición de funcionamiento se define por principio la posición con el suelo de la caja para abajo, modo de protección IP 2X, uso solamente en estancias interiores, utilización hasta 2000 m sobre el nivel del mar, transporte hasta 4500 m sobre el nivel del mar.
  • Page 13 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 6. Solamente está permitido el funcionamiento en redes de alimentación TN/TT aseguradas con fusibles de 16 A como máximo (utilización de fusibles de mayor amperaje solo previa consulta con el grupo de empresas Rohde & Schwarz). 7.
  • Page 14 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Funcionamiento 1. El uso del producto requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentración durante el manejo. Debe asegurarse que las personas que manejen el producto estén a la altura de los requerimientos necesarios en cuanto a aptitudes físicas, psíquicas y emocionales, ya que de otra manera no se pueden excluir lesiones o daños de objetos.
  • Page 15 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Reparación y mantenimiento 1. El producto solamente debe ser abierto por personal especializado con autorización para ello. Antes de manipular el producto o abrirlo, es obligatorio desconectarlo de la tensión de alimentación, para evitar toda posibilidad de choque eléctrico. 2.
  • Page 16 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 2. Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el transporte del producto por personas. Por eso no está permitido utilizar las asas para la sujeción en o sobre medios de transporte como p. ej. grúas, carretillas elevadoras de horquilla, carros etc. Es responsabilidad suya fijar los productos de manera segura a los medios de transporte o elevación.
  • Page 17 Quality management Certified Quality System ISO 9001 and environmental Certified Environmental System management ISO 14001 Sehr geehrter Kunde, Dear customer, Cher client, Sie haben sich für den Kauf You have decided to buy a Vous avez choisi d’acheter un eines Rohde & Schwarz Produk- Rohde &...
  • Page 18 Customer Support Technical support – where and when you need it For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde &...

  • Page 19: Table Of Contents

    ® Contents R&S SMJ100A Contents 1 Preface....................15 Documentation Overview................... 15 Typographical Conventions..................16 Notes on Screenshots....................17 2 Preparing for Use................. 19 Front Panel Tour......................19 2.1.1 Utility Keys........................20 2.1.2 Standby LEDs and Standby Key...................20 2.1.3 Display.......................... 21 2.1.4 Setup Keys........................21...
  • Page 20 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A Windows Operating System..................41 2.5.1 Virus Protection......................42 2.5.2 Service Packs and Updates..................42 2.5.3 Login..........................43 2.5.4 Accessing the Start Menu..................... 43 Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection..............43 2.6.1 Connecting the Instrument to the Network..............44 2.6.2 Assigning the IP Address....................45 2.6.3...
  • Page 21 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup......................78 4 Manual Operation.................85 Key Features........................85 Display......................... 89 4.2.1 Settings Displayed in the Header Section..............90 4.2.2 Status Information and Messages.................91 4.2.2.1 Status Information......................91 4.2.2.2 Messages........................91 4.2.2.3 Volatile messages......................91 4.2.2.4 Permanent Messages....................92 4.2.3...
  • Page 22 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 4.7.1 File Select Dialog......................116 4.7.2 File Manager....................... 117 4.7.2.1 Extensions for User Files.................... 118 Legend of Front-Panel Controls................120 4.8.1 Front Panel Key Emulation..................122 4.8.2 On-screen Keyboard....................122 5 Instrument Function................125 Overview of Instrument Functions................125 General Instrument Settings..................
  • Page 23 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 5.2.5.1 Hard Copy Settings..................... 154 5.2.5.2 Hardcopy Options....................... 155 5.2.6 Messages - Info Key....................157 5.2.7 Help System - Help Key....................157 5.2.8 Storing and Loading Instrument Data - File Key............158 5.2.8.1 Save/Recall Menu....................... 159 5.2.8.2...
  • Page 24 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 5.4.10.2 Configuration.......................189 5.4.11 Block Error Rate Menu....................193 5.4.11.1 General Settings......................194 5.4.11.2 Configuration.......................196 RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block............199 5.5.1 Overview of RF Signal....................199 5.5.1.1 RF Output........................199 5.5.1.2 RF Signal Modes and Characteristics.................200 5.5.2...
  • Page 25 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 5.5.8.3 Filling the Correction List with Power Sensor Measurement Data......229 5.5.9 Reverse Power Protection..................232 5.5.10 RF Measurement......................233 5.5.10.1 NRP-Z Power Viewer....................233 5.5.11 Analog Modulation...................... 240 5.5.11.1 Overview........................240 5.5.11.2 Amplitude Modulation (AM)..................242 5.5.11.3...
  • Page 26 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 5.7.1.3 Quadrature Offset....................... 290 5.7.1.4 Impairment Settings Menu..................291 5.7.2 AWGN - Noise Generator................... 293 5.7.2.1 AWGN Settings Dialog....................294 5.7.3 Output of the Baseband Signal - I/Q Out..............301 5.7.3.1 I/Q Out Settings Menu....................301 5.7.3.2 Analog I/Q Output....................... 302 5.7.3.3...
  • Page 27 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 5.8.4 Multi Carrier Continuous Wave................... 424 5.8.4.1 Multi Carrier CW User Interface.................. 424 6 Remote Control Basics..............439 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols.............. 439 6.1.1 VISA Libraries......................440 6.1.2 Messages........................440 6.1.3 LAN Interface......................441 6.1.3.1 HiSLIP Protocol......................443 6.1.3.2...
  • Page 28 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 6.5.2 Structure of a SCPI Status Register................475 6.5.3 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)........477 6.5.4 Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE)..... 478 6.5.5 Questionable Status Register (STATus:QUEStionable)..........478 6.5.6 Operation Status Register (STATus:OPERation)............
  • Page 29 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 7.13.3 Examples........................546 7.13.4 Remote Control Commands..................547 7.14 OUTPut Subsystem....................553 7.15 SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems..............558 7.16 SOURce Subsystem....................568 7.16.1 SOURce:AM Subsystem.....................568 7.16.2 SOURce:AWGN Subsystem..................571 7.16.3 SOURce:BB Subsystem..................... 580 7.16.3.1 SOURce:BB Subsystem General Commands............580 7.16.3.2...
  • Page 30 ® Contents R&S SMJ100A 7.16.18 SOURce:SWEep Subsystem..................777 7.17 STATus Subsystem....................788 7.18 SYSTem Subsystem....................792 7.19 TEST Subsystem.......................801 7.20 TRIGger Subsystem....................803 7.21 UNIT Subsystem......................809 8 Maintenance..................811 Storing and Packing....................811 9 Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting....813 Status Information....................813 9.1.1...

  • Page 31: Preface

    ® Preface R&S SMJ100A Documentation Overview 1 Preface 1.1 Documentation Overview The user documentation for the R&S SMJ consists of the following parts: ● Quick start guide, printed manual ● Online help system on the instrument ● Operating manuals and online manual for base unit and options provided on the product page ●...

  • Page 32: Typographical Conventions

    ® Preface R&S SMJ100A Typographical Conventions Service Manual Describes the performance test for checking the rated specifications, module replace- ment and repair, firmware update, troubleshooting and fault elimination, and contains mechanical drawings and spare part lists. The service manual is available for registered users on the global Rohde & Schwarz information system (GLORIS).

  • Page 33: Notes On Screenshots

    ® Preface R&S SMJ100A Notes on Screenshots Convention Description Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font. "References" References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota- tion marks. 1.3 Notes on Screenshots When describing the functions of the product, we use sample screenshots. These screenshots are meant to illustrate as much as possible of the provided functions and possible interdependencies between parameters.
  • Page 34 ® Preface R&S SMJ100A Notes on Screenshots Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 35: Preparing For Use

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour 2 Preparing for Use The following topics will help you to get familiar with the instrument and perform the first steps: ● Front Panel Tour ● Rear Panel Tour ● Putting into Operation This section explains the control elements and connectors of the Signal Generator R&S SMJ with the aid of the front and rear views and describes how to put the instru-...

  • Page 36: Utility Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour 2.1.1 Utility Keys The keys to the left of the display cause the R&S SMJ to return to a definite instrument state and provide information on the instrument and assistance. For more information refer to chapter "Instrument Settings".

  • Page 37: Display

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour See also Chapter 2.3.5.1, "Standby and Ready state", on page 36. 2.1.3 Display The display clearly shows all main settings and signal generator states. The display is divided into the following sections: ●...

  • Page 38: Display Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour For more information refer to chapter "Instrument Functions". FREQ Activates frequency entry. RF ON/OFF Switches the RF signal on and off. "RF OFF" is displayed in the header next to the "Frequency" field.

  • Page 39: Keypad For Data Entry

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour ● Shifts the cursor from a function block in the diagram to the first item in the "Win- bar". If no menus are open, the current cursor position remains unchanged. TOGGLE ●...

  • Page 40: Rotary Knob And Navigation Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour Keys Description 0...9/abc Enters the corresponding numbers (in numeric input fields) or characters (character input fields). Inserts a decimal point (numeric input fields) or dot (character input fields) at the cursor position.

  • Page 41: Front Panel Connectors

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour ROTARY KNOB The rotary knob has several functions: ● Increases (clockwise direction) or decreases (counter-clockwise direction) numeric values at a defined step width in editing mode ● Moves the cursor, e.g. to a function block in the block diagram ●...
  • Page 42 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Front Panel Tour RF OUTPUT Outputs for the RF signal. NOTICE! Maximum Input Levels. Do not overload the RF output. The instrument is equipped with a reverse power protection that prevents the RF out- put against back feed, see Chapter 5.5.9, "Reverse Power...

  • Page 43: Rear Panel Tour

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Rear Panel Tour With the aid of the "User Correction" function, a table with correction values for exter- nal test assemblies can be automatically determined, e.g. for compensating the fre- quency response of cables.
  • Page 44 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Rear Panel Tour MARKER 1/ MARKER 2 Rear Panel Connectors (option R&S SMJ-B81). These options are recommended for use of the instrument in a 19" rack. Installing the instrument in a 19" rack requires a rack adapter or an adapter for telescopic sliders (refer to data sheet for order number).
  • Page 45 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Rear Panel Tour REF IN Input for external reference signal. See also Chapter 5.5.4, "Reference Oscillator", on page 209. EXT MOD Input for external analog modulation signals. See also "External Modulation Sources" on page 241.
  • Page 46 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Rear Panel Tour For detailed description of the AUX I/O connector, refer to Chapter A.2, "AUX I/O Con- nector", on page 824. BERT Input for data, clock and control signals for bit and block error rate measurements, level 0.0128..1.998V.

  • Page 47: Putting Into Operation

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation TRIGGER 1 / 2 TRIGGER 2: Input for external triggering of digital modulations and standards and ARB. TRIGGER 1: Rear Panel Connectors (option R&S SMJ-B81). This options are recommended for use of the instrument in a 19" rack. Installing the instrument in a 19"...

  • Page 48: Emi Suppression

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation Risk of instrument damage during operation An unsuitable operating site or test setup can cause damage to the instrument and to connected devices. Ensure the following operating conditions before you switch on the instrument: ●...

  • Page 49: Unpacking And Checking The Instrument

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation 2.3.2 Unpacking and Checking the Instrument To remove the instrument from its packaging and check the equipment for complete- ness, proceed as follows: 1. Pull off the polyethylene protection pads from the instrument's rear feet and then carefully remove the pads from the instrument handles at the front.
  • Page 50 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation Risk of injury if feet are folded out The feet may fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted. This may cause damage or injury.

  • Page 51: Connecting The Instrument To The Ac Supply

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation Rackmounting The R&S SMJ can be installed in a rack using a rack adapter kit (Order No. see data sheet). The installation instructions are part of the adapter kit. Risk of instrument damage in a rack An insufficient airflow can cause the instrument to overheat, which may disturb the operation and even cause damage.

  • Page 52: Standby And Ready State

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation Starting up instruments without power switch Connect the instrument to the AC supply. After connection to the AC supply, the instrument is in standby or ready state, depending on the state of the ON/STANDBY key at the front panel of the instru- ment when the instrument was switched off for the last time.

  • Page 53: Function Check

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation 2.3.5.3 Function Check The signal generator automatically monitors the main functions when the instrument is switched on and continuously during operation. A detected fault is indicated by a "ERROR" message displayed in the info line together with a brief error description.

  • Page 54: Shutting Down The Instrument

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Putting into Operation Overview of the Most Important Preset States The following list gives an overview of the presets for the most important generator set- tings. The other presets can be found in the preset tables of the individual menus and the information accompanying the remote commands.

  • Page 55: Connecting External Accessories

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Connecting External Accessories Risk of losing data If you switch off the running instrument using the rear panel switch or by disconnecting the power cord, the instrument loses its current settings. Furthermore, program data may be lost.
  • Page 56 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Connecting External Accessories ● Printer for printing out measurement results ● Power sensors, e.g. of the NRP Zxy family Installing USB devices is easy under Windows, because all USB devices are plug&play. After a device is connected to the USB interface, the operating system automatically searches for a suitable device driver.

  • Page 57: Connecting A Monitor

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Windows Operating System Select "Start > Control Panel > Devices and Printers > Device Manager > Update Device drivers" to install the driver. 2.4.2 Connecting a Monitor An external monitor with an analog interface can be connected to the MONITOR con- nector on the rear panel of the instrument.

  • Page 58: Virus Protection

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Windows Operating System Risk of causing instrument unusability The instrument is equipped with the Windows Embedded Standard operating system. Additional software can therefore be installed on the instrument. The use and installa- tion of additional software may impair instrument function. Thus, run only programs that Rohde &...

  • Page 59: Login

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection 2.5.3 Login Windows Embedded Standard requires that users identify themselves by entering a user name and password in a login window. The instrument provides a factory-installed auto login function, i.e. login is carried out automatically in the background. The ID used for autologin has administrator rights so that printer and network installations are possible.

  • Page 60: Connecting The Instrument To The Network

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection Accessing Operating System The operating system can only be accessed if an external keyboard and/or a mouse is connected. Windows provides an on-screen keyboard that can be operated using a mouse, thus enabling operation by mouse only.

  • Page 61: Assigning The Ip Address

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection 2.6.2 Assigning the IP Address Depending on the network capacities, the TCP/IP address information for the instru- ment can be obtained in different ways. ● If the network supports dynamic TCP/IP configuration using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), all address information can be assigned automati- cally.

  • Page 62: Using Computer Names

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection 2.6.3 Using computer names In a LAN that uses a DNS server (Domain Name System server), each PC or instru- ment connected in the LAN can be accessed via an unambiguous computer name instead of the IP address.

  • Page 63: Working With Directories

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection Risk of Unauthorized Access Disabling the firewall or allowing exceptions may make your instrument more vulnera- ble to viruses and intruders. It is recommended that you restore the default firewall configuration after completing a task which requires modified settings.

  • Page 64: Remote Access Via An External Controller

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Note: If a user name and password are requested when you click the computer, the login name and password used on the computer must be entered. The files in this directory can be accessed by the instrument.

  • Page 65: Using A Web Browser For Remote Access

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Remote access via Installation of the additional application connec- on the on the remote tion instrument computer Remote Desktop required required Windows application for PCs with Window operating sys- Chapter 2.7.2, "Remote Desktop...

  • Page 66: Remote Desktop Connection

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Alternatively, you can also make use of the LXI browser, as described in Chap- ter 2.9.2.4, "Web Control", on page 67. To remote access the instrument via a web browser: 1.
  • Page 67 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Risk of Unauthorized Access If the Windows Remote Desktop application is enabled on the instrument (go to "Start > Settings > Control Panel > System"), any user in the network who knows the com- puter name and login data can access it.
  • Page 68 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller 3. Enter the user ID and password for the instrument (see also Chapter 2.5, "Win- dows Operating System", on page 41). 4. Click "Connect". When the connection has been set up, the instrument's screen appears on the remote computer.

  • Page 69: Remote Access Via A Vnc Client Software

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller A bar showing the network address of the instrument is displayed on the screen which you can use to reduce, minimize or close the window. ● On the "General" tab: You can save the connection settings for later use using the "Save As"...
  • Page 70 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Setting up a VNC connection 1. Connect the instrument and the remote computer to a LAN, see Chapter 2.6.1, "Connecting the Instrument to the Network", on page 44.
  • Page 71 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller b) In the "Additional Task Panel", enable all entries. A successful installation is indicated by a message. At the same time a warning is displayed stating that a password must be set.
  • Page 72 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller 5. Enter a password with a length of at least five digits. This password is used on the remote computer to access the instrument. Other settings may be changed according to the user-specific security requirements.
  • Page 73 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Installing the VNC Viewer on a Windows PC 1. Download the Ultr@VNC program form internet and follow the installation instruc- tions. Only the program component VNC Viewer is required.
  • Page 74 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Remote Access via an External Controller Setting up the VNC connection on the Windows remote computer 1. Start VNC Viewer program component on the PC, select "VNC Server" and enter IP address of the instrument.

  • Page 75: Using Virus-Protection Software

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A Using Virus-Protection Software 3. To terminate the connection on the external Windows PC, close the VNC Viewer program. The connection is terminated. The color of the VNC icon in the status bar of the instrument changes.

  • Page 76: Lxi Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration 2. In the "System" dialog, select the "Advanced > Performance > Settings > Change". 3. Enable "Drive D: [DATA]" and "System managed size", confirm with "Set" and close the dialog. The Symantec Antivirus program can be installed.
  • Page 77 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration ● Class C instruments are characterized by a common LAN implementation, includ- ing an ICMP ping responder for diagnostics. The instruments can be configured via a web browser; a LAN Configuration Initialize (LCI) mechanism resets the LAN configuration.

  • Page 78: Lxi Browser Settings

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration Default state of the network settings According to the LXI standard, an LCI must set the following parameters to a default state. Parameter Value TCP/IP Mode DHCP + Auto IP Address Dynamic DNS...
  • Page 79 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument home page. The home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format.

  • Page 80: Lan Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration ► Press the "INACTIVE (press to toggle)" button to activate the connection. A green flashing status LED indicates the active connection. If the LAN connection fails, the LED turns red. The status of the LAN connection is also indicated by the "LAN Status indicator" in the "LXI Status"...

  • Page 81: Advanced Lan Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration The "IP Address Mode" selects a configuration mode for the IP address of the R&S SMJ. With static configuration, the entered IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are used. With dynamic configuration, DHCP or dynamic link local addressing (automatic IP) are used to obtain the instrument IP address.

  • Page 82: Ping Client

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration The following advanced parameters are available: ● "mDNS and DNS-SD": The additional protocols "multicast DNS" and "DNS service discovery" are used for device communication in zero configuration networks, working without DNS and DHCP.

  • Page 83: Web Control

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration 3. In the "Destination Address" field, enter the IP address of the device to be pinged (without the ping command and without any further parameters), e.g. 10.113.1.203. 4. Select "Submit". 2.9.2.4 Web Control The web control functionality provides remote operation via VNC using a Web browser (with HTML5).

  • Page 84: Scpi Remote Trace

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration 5. Use the mouse cursor and keyboard to access the functionality of the instrument as you would directly perform the settings on the instruments front panel. 2.9.2.5 SCPI Remote Trace The remote trace functionality allows you to trace input and output strings at the remote control interface of the R&S SMJ.
  • Page 85 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration Toolbars The toolbar at the top of the dialog provides basic settings and functions. ● "Live mode" / "logging": If logging is switched on, messages are traced. They are stored in an internal database and can be displayed upon request, using the refresh button (live mode off) or they can be displayed automatically (live mode on).
  • Page 86 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMJ100A LXI Configuration Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 87: Getting Started

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Brief Introduction to the Instrument's Concept 3 Getting Started This section helps you to get familiar with the R&S SMJ and provides an introduction to the general concept of the instrument with a sample of the possible application fields as well as a description of the main blocks in the signal generation flow.
  • Page 88 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Brief Introduction to the Instrument's Concept Figure 3-1: Block diagram of a fully equipped R&S SMJ With the aid of the rotary knob, the user can navigate in the block diagram and the dia- logs, and can operate the instrument with one hand. The cursor is moved line by line through the block diagram or dialog.

  • Page 89: Applications Of The Instrument

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Applications of the Instrument The R&S SMJ supports various remote control connections: ● Connecting the instrument to a (LAN) network ● Using the LXI browser interface in a LAN network ● Connecting a PC via the IEC-bus (IEEE 488) interface Tip: For remote control over LAN, you can use the R&S VISA (Virtual Instrument Soft-...

  • Page 90: Analog Wideband I/Q Operation

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Applications of the Instrument Figure 3-2: Operation of I/Q modulator with I/Q signals from the internal baseband section 3.2.2 Analog Wideband I/Q operation An external analog I/Q signal is directly applied to the I/Q modulator of the R&S SMJ.

  • Page 91: Baseband Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Baseband Section 3.3 Baseband Section The baseband section of the R&S SMJ is fully digital and contains the hardware for generating and processing I/Q signals. For detailed information on available options, refer to the R&S SMJ data sheet and the R&S SMJ configuration guide.

  • Page 92: Description Of Individual Diagram Blocks Of The Baseband Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A RF Section 3.3.1 Description of Individual Diagram Blocks of the Baseband Section Each function block can be activated or deactivated with the "ON" check box (on/off toggling). The ON/OFF TOGGLE key at the front panel (see "TOGGLE"...

  • Page 93: Description Of Individual Diagram Blocks Of The Rf Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A RF Section One of the following options must be installed. ● R&S SMJ-B103 (up to 3 GHz) ● R&S SMJ-B106 (up to 6 GHz) For detailed information on available options, refer to the R&S SMJ data sheet and the R&S SMJ Configuration guide.

  • Page 94: Example Of Setup

    ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup Note: Numeric values for frequency and level are entered best and quickest with the aid of the FREQ and LEVEL keys. Available analog modulation modes: ● Amplitude modulation ● Broadband amplitude modulation ●...
  • Page 95 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup a) Turn the rotary knob and select the "Baseband A" block. b) Press the rotary knob to open the menu where the digital modulation can be selected (different modulation modes are available depending on the options installed).
  • Page 96 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup c) Turn the rotary knob and highlight "Custom Digital Mod...". Press the rotary knob to open the "Custom Dig. Mod." dialog. d) Turn the rotary knob to select parameter "Symbol Rate", press the rotary knob to allow editing and enter the preffered symbol rate with the aid of the numeric keypad and the unit keys.
  • Page 97 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup e) Turn the rotary knob to select parameter "Coding". Press the button to open the selection list. Turn the rotary knob to select "Off" and press the knob to activate the selected item.
  • Page 98 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup g) Finally, select "State" and press the rotary knob to switch on the digital modula- tion. h) Press the DIAGRAM key to display the complete block diagram. To indicate the active state, the "Baseband" block is displayed in blue.
  • Page 99 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup The entry in the Winbar indicates that the "Custom Dig. Mod." menu is still open in the background. To display the menu in the foreground, press the softkey below the button in the "Windbar".
  • Page 100 ® Getting Started R&S SMJ100A Example of Setup 4. Select graphics display of I/Q signal a) Turn the rotary knob to select the "Graphics" block and open the respective menu. b) Select "State On" with the rotary knob to activate display of the I/Q diagram.

  • Page 101: Manual Operation

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Key Features 4 Manual Operation The R&S SMJ can be operated intuitively either via the interactive block diagram or via a menu tree. All menus are in the form of windows that can be operated in the same way.
  • Page 102 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Key Features a blue frame can be directly switched on and off by means of the TOGGLE ON/OFF (CTRL+T) key. The menus of the highlighted function blocks can be called by pressing the ENTER key.
  • Page 103 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Key Features Operation is possible via front-panel keys, an external keyboard and the mouse. How- ever, most of the settings can be easily made with the rotary knob: ● Turning the rotary knob shifts the entry focus to the target element.
  • Page 104 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Key Features Help functions for user support Numerous help functions support the user in signal configuration. ● Value ranges The valid setting range is displayed for each numeric parameter. This requires a short wait after activation of the entry field. The range is then displayed automati- cally after a few seconds.

  • Page 105: Display

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display Graphics editor for definition of control signals Control signals are also graphically configured. Graphical display of output signal in a diagram The output signal can be graphically displayed in a number of diagrams. This allows a fast check of signal characteristics.

  • Page 106: Settings Displayed In The Header Section

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display ● The block diagram shows the instrument configuration, the signal characteristic as well as the inputs and outputs used and permits interactive operation via graphics elements. Active menus and graphs are displayed on top of the block diagram.

  • Page 107: Status Information And Messages

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display 4.2.2 Status Information and Messages The instrument indicates status information and messages in the header section of the screen. The messages differ with respect to their importance (errors, warnings, info) and the time of their appearance (brief and permanent messages), and require differ-...

  • Page 108: Permanent Messages

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display 4.2.2.4 Permanent Messages Permanent messages are displayed if an error occurs that impairs further instrument operation, e.g. a hardware fault. The error signalled by a permanent message must be eliminated before correct instrument operation can be ensured.

  • Page 109: Block Diagram

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display This button is available only if the history of the messages is displayed. Remote command: on page 792 :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? Each time a SYST:ERR:ALL? query is sent, the error queue is returned and at the same time cleared.

  • Page 110: Signal Flow And Input/Output Symbols In The Block Diagram

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display ted/ deactivated with the TOGGLE ON/OFF (CTRL+T) key. After activation, the block is displayed in blue. Status information is displayed below the check box. It is different for the different blocks. Pressing the rotary knob (front panel) or the "Config..." button (mouse) opens the asso- ciated setting menu.

  • Page 111: Winbar And Softkeys

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display ● The baseband signal is indicated by a three line arrow, the I- and Q-components of the signal by a single-line arrow. ● Connections are indicated by a "solder point". ● Black is used for the generated signal.

  • Page 112: Graphical Display Of Output Signal Characteristics

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Display Working with menus and dialog boxes is described in Chapter 4.3, "Accessing Dia- logs", on page 97; the setting of parameters in Chapter 4.4, "Setting Parameters", on page 98. The menus are in Windows format. The menus differ in details depending on their function but they consist of the same main elements.

  • Page 113: Accessing Dialogs

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Accessing Dialogs To access the "Graphics Settings" dialog for selecting the graphics display of the out- put signal, select the "Graphics" function block in the diagram or press the MENU (CTRL+M) key. Operation of the graphics windows is analogous to menu operation.

  • Page 114: Setting Parameters

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters Activating the Winbar ► Use the WINBAR (CTRL+W) key to toggle the cursor between a button of the "Winbar" and the block diagram. The button that was active last in the Winbar is highlighted.

  • Page 115: Working With The Cursor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters "Hcopy" dialog, printout is configured and hardcopies can be made. These menus can only be called with the SETUP (CTRL+E), FILE (CTRL+S) and HCOPY (CTRL+Y) keys. Frequency and level are directly set in the header area of the display using the FREQ and LEVEL keys.

  • Page 116: Selecting A Control Element

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters ● Closes all kinds of dialog boxes, if the edit mode is not active. ● Quits the edit mode, if the edit mode is active. ● Switches between different entry fields of a menu.
  • Page 117 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters Changing between the Insert and Overwrite mode The insert mode is the default setting. Use the INSERT key to toggle between the insert and overwrite mode. Numeric and alphanumeric values can either be newly entered or the existing value can be changed.

  • Page 118: Working With Units

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters 3. To vary the selected value, use the UP/DOWN arrow key or turn the rotary knob. The value is increased or decreased. Entering a new alphanumerical value 1. Select the parameter. 2. Press an alphanumeric key to start the editing mode.

  • Page 119: Selecting A Value From A List

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters 2. Select a "Unit" in the selection field next to the parameter value. Press the ENTER key. The unit displayed in the entry field next to the value is assigned. Changing a unit To subsequently change a unit, i.e.

  • Page 120: Restoring The Previous Value

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Setting Parameters Confirming settings ► To confirm the settings, press the rotary knob or one of the UNIT keys (see also Chapter 4.4.5, "Working with Units ", on page 102) . Note: Variations by means of the rotary knob are immediately set.

  • Page 121: Editors

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors Restoring values that require confirmation All settings that are not confirmed with the "Accept" button but require this additional confirmation can be restored. 1. Press the ESC key. A confirmation query is displayed. 2. Confirm with "OK" to abort the changes.

  • Page 122: Working With List Editor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors 4.5.1 Working with List Editor The "User Correction" and "List Mode" dialogs provide a list editor for defining the fre- quency/level value pairs. Editing list mode data lists 1. To access a list editor and open an existing data list for editing, use the cursor keys to select the associated button "Edit User Correction Data..."...

  • Page 123: Working With Data Editor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors Enter the file name in the "File Select" dialog and select the directory (see Chap- ter 4.7.1, "File Select Dialog", on page 116). Only complete value pairs are taken into consideration; rows containing an entry in only one column are ignored.
  • Page 124 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors To increase readability, the bits are displayed in groups of four. The current cursor position, the length of the list and the list file name are displayed above the list. The offset starts with the value 0 which corresponds to the bit position on the left side of the first row, i.e.

  • Page 125: Working With Control And Marker List Editor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors 4.5.3 Working with Control and Marker List Editor The control and marker signals for digital modulation and digital standards can be very conveniently graphically defined in a "Control and Marker List Editor". The available marker signals –...
  • Page 126 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors Accessing control and marker list 1. To access the control list editor (e.g. "CList Dig Mod") and open an existing list for editing, use the arrow keys to select "Custom Digital Mod > List Management >...
  • Page 127 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Editors The selected number of symbols/bits around the current cursor position are dis- played. Ramps outside the displayed area are not lost by zooming. 6. Use the "Save"/"Save As..." function to save the edited control/marker list under its current name or under a new name.

  • Page 128: How To Use The Help System

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A How to Use the Help System Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the ramp position; the cursor changes colour. Press the BACKSPACE key. The ramp will be deleted. The ramp transitions of the other ramps are adapted to the changed signal status (high or low).
  • Page 129 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A How to Use the Help System Contents of the help dialog box The help dialog box contains two main areas: ● "Contents" - contains a table of help contents ● "Topic" - contains a specific help topic The help system provides additionally an "Index"...

  • Page 130: File Management

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management 3. Press the ENTER key to change the focus. 4. Use the UP/DOWN keys to navigate and select the suitable keyword. 5. Press the ENTER key to display the help topic. The corresponding help topic is displayed.
  • Page 131 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management in the data and control list editor. These functions are offered in the "Data List Man- agement" dialog of the individual modulation menu. ● Waveforms Waveforms are generated externally (e.g. by means of the R&S WinIQSIM2 pro- gram that is supplied together with the optional Baseband Generator R&S SMJ-...

  • Page 132: File Select Dialog

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management 4.7.1 File Select Dialog The "Save/Recall" dialaog displays the available drives and directories. In the upper part, "Recent Data Sets", the files last used are listed. The available drives and directories and the files of the selected directory are dis- played.

  • Page 133: File Manager

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management 4. Save a file. In the "Save Settings" dialog, enter file name in the "File Name:" field. Select the directory to which the file is to be saved and then select the "Save" but- ton.

  • Page 134: Extensions For User Files

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management 2. Navigating in the "File Manager" dialog. Operation is very similar to the operation of a standard Windows explorer. 3. Moving, duplicating, deleting or renaming files To move a file, select the file and press the "Cut" button. Mark the directory to which the file is to be moved and select the "Paste"...
  • Page 135 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A File Management Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard "NRP Settings" Settings NRP Settings *.nrp EX-IQ-BOX User Settings EX-IQ-BOX User Defined Settings *.iqbox "Fading" Fading Fading data *.fad "GSM/EDGE" Settings GSM/EDGE settings *.gsm Slot User-defined slot data *.gsm_slu...

  • Page 136: Legend Of Front-Panel Controls

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard Settings GPS Generated Almanac File *rs_al *.rs_yuma Settings GPS Ionospheric File *.rs_ion Settings GPS Navigation Data *.rs_nav Settings GPS UTC File *.rs_utc *.rs_acq "FM-Stereo"...
  • Page 137 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Front-panel key Key of PC keyboard Function Arrow keys Arrow keys Moves the cursor. *1 / dB(m) ALT + F12 Confirms entries in the base unit and values with- out a unit.

  • Page 138: Front Panel Key Emulation

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Front-panel key Key of PC keyboard Function TOGGLE CTRL + T Switches a block or parameter on/off. Toggles between the different possibilities of set- ting a selection parameter. PRESET CTRL + P Restores a defined basic instrument setup.
  • Page 139 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...
  • Page 140 ® Manual Operation R&S SMJ100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 141: Instrument Function

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Overview of Instrument Functions 5 Instrument Function 5.1 Overview of Instrument Functions This chapter explains the functions of the R&S SMJ and the options available in the setting menus. The associated SCPI command is specified for each parameter (where applicable).
  • Page 142 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Overview of Instrument Functions The integrated bit error rate and block error tester is configured and activated in the "BERT" function block: ● Bit error rate and block error measurement Chapter 5.4, "Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block",...
  • Page 143 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Overview of Instrument Functions ● Digital standard Bluetooth/EDR see description "Digital Standard Bluetooth® Enhanced Data Rate" ● Digital standard TETRA2 see description "Digital Standard TETRA Release 2" ● Digital standard 3GPP FDD (WCDMA) see description "Digital Standard 3GPP FDD (WCDMA) ●...

  • Page 144: General Instrument Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings 5.2 General Instrument Settings 5.2.1 Overview of General Instrument Settings This section describes the settings which do not directly affect signal generation. Most of these settings can only be accessed by means of menus which are opened using keys or key combinations on the external keyboard or keys on the front panel key emu- lation.

  • Page 145: General Configuration Of Instrument - Setup Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings ● "RF level" RF output switched off ● "Offsets" = 0 ● "Modulations State" = Off ● Uninterrupted level settings are switched off "Level Attenuator Mode" = AUTO ● Internal level control "Level ALC" = AUTO ●...

  • Page 146: Internal Adjustments

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings ● The "Save/Recall" dialog can also be accessed with the FILE key and is therefore described in the section on this key (see Chapter 5.2.8, "Storing and Loading Instrument Data - File Key",...
  • Page 147 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings In this dialog you can perform internal calibration routines. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 7.6, "CALibration Subsystem", on page 521. Adjust All Performs all available internal calibration routines of the instrument.

  • Page 148: Hardware Config

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Remote command: on page 523 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel[:MEASure]? Use ext. Level Correction Data Switch on or off use of external level correction data (see service manual, chapter 2, "Adjustment"). This switch can be used in case of corrupt external level correction data.

  • Page 149: Software / Options

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings ● "Baseband Assembly" Operation Time / h Displays the operation time in hours. Remote command: on page 527 :DIAGnostic:INFO:OTIMe? Power On Count Displays the number of power-on. Remote command: on page 527...

  • Page 150: Manage License Keys

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Firmware The Firmware section of the menu shows the firmware version and the version of the software platform. Note: Your instrument is delivered with the latest firmware version available. Firmware updates as well as the Release Notes describing the improvements and modifications are provided on the Internet at the download site of the Rohde &...
  • Page 151 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings An option is ready to operate after it is enabled by means of a license key code sup- plied with the option. The license key is delivered as a file or on paper. Unregistered licenses must be registered for a particular instrument prior to the corresponding option can be enabled for operation.

  • Page 152: Nrp-Z Info/Update

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.3.5 NRP-Z Info/Update The "NRP-Z Info/Update…" dialog covers information on connected power sensors, like serial number, revision state and features of the particular sensor. You can directly perform an update of the sensor firmware.

  • Page 153: Update

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings How to restart an interrupted update of an R&S NRP sensor An accidental removal of the sensor during the update process interrupts the update. If no other sensor is connected to the instrument, proceed as follows to restart the update process: 1.

  • Page 154: Display Update

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Impairment of instrument functions To avoid impairment of instrument functions, the update of the "PCI-FPGA" must not be cancelled and the instrument must not be switched off during this update. 5.2.3.7 Display Update The "Start/Stop Display Update"...

  • Page 155: Check Front Panel

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings The following tests are only available via remote control: ● on page 802 :TEST:CONNector:AUXio? ● on page 802 :TEST<hw>:DIRect Execute Baseband Connection Selftest Performs a connection test on each of the internal digital baseband links. This implies all installed options as baseband inputs, motherboard, universal coding generators, fading simulators, and baseband outputs.The result (succeeded or failed) is displayed...
  • Page 156 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings In case of malfunctions, contact your Rohde & Schwarz Customer Support Center for technical support, see http://www.customersupport@rohde-schwarz.com. Accessing the online help in the check front panel dialog or exiting via ESC During the test, the actual functions of all keys are disabled, including the HELP and the ESC keys.

  • Page 157: Global Trigger/Clock/External Input Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Check that the key in the dialog turns red. Note: Pressing the same key again has no further effect, with the exception of the ESC key, see Press the ESC key a third time.
  • Page 158 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Threshold Data Input Sets the high/low threshold in volts for the serial and parallel data input. The serial data is input at the DATA connector of the instrument. The parallel data is input via the DATA pins of the AUX I/O interface.

  • Page 159: Display/Keyboard Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Baseband Trigger Input Slope Selects the polarity of the active slope of an externally applied trigger signal. This setting affects the TRIGGER inputs (BNC connectors). Remote command: on page 722 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:BBANd:SLOPe Instrument Trigger Input Slope Sets the polarity of the active slope of an externally applied instrument trigger.

  • Page 160: User Marker / Aux I/O Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings If activated, the display including backlight is completely switched off after the elapse of the "Wait Time" when no entries via front panel, external mouse or external keyboard are made. This mode is recommended for preserving the display especially if the instrument is exclusively operated via remote control.
  • Page 161 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Signal Description "HOP" This signal marks the hop trigger for frequency hopping in the List mode for "Custom Digital Mod". The hop signal is defined in a control list and activated by loading the control list in the "Custom Dig Mod"...

  • Page 162: Remote Channel Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings The assignment is shown in tabular form underneath the interface. The colors indicate the signal type. A distinction is made between control signals (yellow), marker signals (green), data (orange), freely selectable signals at the user pins (blue), ground (gray), and unused pins (black).

  • Page 163: Lxi Status

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Remote command: on page 795 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess Visa Resource Strings Displays the visa resource strings, used for remote control of the instrument. Each interface requires an individual unique address, to identify the instrument for remote control.

  • Page 164: Protection

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings "green (flashing)" device identification "red" LAN fault Remote command: n.a. LAN Reset Initiates the network configuration reset mechanism for the instrument and resets the hostname, MAC address, and IP address. According to the LXI standard, an LAN Reset must place the following network settings...

  • Page 165: Security

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings The following functions are protected in the rerspective levels: ● Protection Level 1 protects against accidental changes to certain settings, such as clock and date, network settings or instrument names,etc. This level is accessible to the user.
  • Page 166 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Changing the security password requires that you enter the old password, the new password and that you confirm the new password. To assign the password, press the "Accept" button. This action can not be undone! Keep also in mind, that security settings are never reset, even if you perform a factory preset.
  • Page 167 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Confirm Password ← Change Security Password Confirms the new password by repeating. Note: The new password will not be assigned until you select the Change Password button. Change Password ← Change Security Password Changes the password accordingly.

  • Page 168: Save/Recall

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Accept Applies the modified settings, provided the security password is entered correctly. Note: This action can not be undone. Keep in mind, that a changed password is never reset, even if you perform a factory preset.

  • Page 169: Help

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.3.19 Help The "Help" dialog offers comprehensive online help for the R&S SMJ. A desired topic can be selected via the table of contents (select "Manual") or the index (select "Index"). For context-sensitive information about a marked parameter, press the HELP key. For a description of the "Help"...

  • Page 170: Generating A Hard Copy Of The Display

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.5 Generating a Hard Copy of the Display The save/recall function enables you to store the settings in a file. In addition, you can create a hard copy of the current display to save the most important settings of a per- formed signal generation in an image file.

  • Page 171: Hardcopy Options

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings File Info Indicates the file name. The file name can be entered either manually via the file man- ager (button "File…") or generated automatically (Automatic naming checkbox). Auto- matic naming is configured in the "Options…" submenu.
  • Page 172 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings "Path..." Selects the directory. Note: To select the destination path, you have to specify a file name as well. Otherwise an error message is displayed and the selection is canceled. Directory, path and file name are displayed in the infoline right to the "Path"...

  • Page 173: Messages - Info Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Save Stores the hardcopy. Remote command: on page 534 :HCOPy[:EXECute] 5.2.6 Messages - Info Key The INFO key opens a window containing a detailed description of every message dis- played in the info bar, see Chapter 4.2.3, "Info...

  • Page 174: Storing And Loading Instrument Data - File Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings ● Find The find function allows you to look for freely selectable terms in all help pages. A list of the pages containing the entered term is displayed as the search result. The search can be limited to words in the page title to increase the number of hits.

  • Page 175: Save/Recall Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Settings can be transferred easily between instruments with different equipment options and/or firmware versions because only the settings which differ from the preset values are affected. When settings are loaded, only those which are possible on the instrument are implemented.
  • Page 176 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Recent files Displays the files last used. Directory, File List and File Name Note: You access this generic standard function each time you perform one of the following: ● store or load (settings) files ●...

  • Page 177: Loading Instrument Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Remote command: on page 665 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe:FAST on page 610 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe:FAST refer to the description of frimware options for the syntax of the corresponding SCPI commands Save Immediate x Stores the current instrument setting in one of the three intermediate memories.
  • Page 178 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings The name of the dialog is context sensitive but the provided functions are self-explana- tory and very similar. With the provided settings, you can perform the following: ● to navigate through the file system, use the directory tree ●...

  • Page 179: File Select Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Recall Immediate x Loads the selected configuration from one of the three intermediate memories. If an instrument setting in which a sweep was activated is stored, the sweep is started when the recall command is called.
  • Page 180 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings 4. To edit an existing or newly created file, navigate through the file system, select the file and select "Edit". The standard "Data List Editor" dialog opens, see "Data List Editor" on page 352.

  • Page 181: File Manager

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Functions for handling of control lists Provided are the following standard functions for file handling: "Select" Select and load the file. Remote command: on page 658 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect "New" Creates new file with the specified name. To edit the file content, select "File Select >...
  • Page 182 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings For more information, see Chapter 4.7.2, "File Manager", on page 117. File Type Selects the file type to be listed. If you select a file type with a specific file extension, only files with this extension are listed in the directory.

  • Page 183: Accessing The File System Of The Instrument And Transferring Files From And To The Instrument

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A General Instrument Settings Rename Renames the selected file or directory. The new name can be entered in the "New File- name" dialog. Remote command: on page 552 :MMEMory:MOVE Delete Deletes the selected file. Before the file is deleted, a message appears prompting the user to confirm deletion of the file.

  • Page 184: Graphical Display - Graphics

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics To access the file system of the R&S SMJ via SMB (Samba) The SMB (Samba) protocol is an alternative way to access the file system of the instru- ment form a remote PC, if both the instrument and the PC are connected to a LAN.
  • Page 185 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics The Graphics function block is available for instruments with the option: ● R&S SMJ-B13 (Baseband Main Module) and one of the options R&S SMJ- B9/B10/B11 (UniCod + ARB) ● R&S SMJ-B62 (Noise Generator) It is the baseband signal actually generated that is recorded and displayed, and not a signal calculated on the basis of the set parameters.

  • Page 186: Graphics Settings Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.1 Graphics Settings Menu The "Graphics Settings" menu for selecting the graphical display of the output signal is opened either in the "Graphics" function block or in the menu with the same name which is opened using the MENU key.
  • Page 187 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics Remote command: on page 666 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:MODE Trigger Source Defines the trigger for the starting time of the graphic recording. "Software" Recording of signals is started automatically in specified intervals. This asynchronous method is appropriate when a representative dis- play of the complete signal is desired, as recording starts in a random time reference to the signal.

  • Page 188: Bar Of Graphics Window

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics With "User": Selects the signal bandwidth for which the display is to be generated. The setting range moves between the minimum and maximum bandwidth which is possible for the selected display. The selection is made graphically by moving the pointer.
  • Page 189 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics Remote command: n.a. Show ref Displays the reference curve(s). All defined reference curves are displayed simultane- ously (see the description of the "Copy to ref" button). The reference curves are displayed together with the current signal. They allow visual comparison of two or more signals with different settings, e.g.

  • Page 190: Signal Displays

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics Each reference curve is available until it is deleted. "Display area" The comments entered for the defined reference curve are shown in the display area next the assigned color. A maximum of five colors (and reference curves) are available.

  • Page 191: Vector Diagram

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.2 Vector Diagram The Q component is displayed over the I component in the vector diagram. Each point is determined by a vector. The amplitudes of the signal components scaled to the peak envelope power (PEP) are plotted on the X and Y axis (minimum scaled amplitude = -1;...

  • Page 192: Constellation Diagram

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.3 Constellation Diagram In the constellation diagram, the Q component is also displayed over the I component. However, only the values at the constellation points (signal value at the ideal scanning instant of the symbol) are displayed, i.e.

  • Page 193: Eye Diagram

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.4 Eye Diagram The eye diagram displays synchronized and superimposed sections of either the inphase or quadrature components of the signal. The display width (eye length) is set at 2 symbols; several hundred curve segments are superimposed.

  • Page 194: Ccdf Display

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.5 CCDF Display The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function shows the probability with which the output signal will exceed the average power. The level over the average power is plotted from 0 to 20 dB on the X axis; the average power (RMS) corresponds to the origin.

  • Page 195: Power Spectrum

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.6 Power Spectrum With the spectrum display, the signal spectrum is calculated from the I/Q signal by means of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The power density over frequency is displayed. The power density is plotted on the Y axis, and the frequency is plotted symmetrically on the X axis (-sampling rate/2 to +sampling rate/2).

  • Page 196: Bit And Block Error Rate Measurements - Bert Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block 5.4 Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block The R&S SMJ contains an integrated bit error rate tester which makes it possible to evaluate a signal demodulated and decoded by a DUT by measuring the bit error rate.

  • Page 197: Test Setup

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block The "BERT" interface is located on the rear panel. Besides the data and clock input, it provides further inputs for masking data containing the PRBS sequence. The interface description can be found in Chapter A.4, "BERT...

  • Page 198: Prbs Data

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block data of the signal. The restart signal for restarting the PRBS calculation is only impor- tant for the bit error rate measurement. 5.4.2 PRBS data To be able to detect faulty bits by a BER measurement, the data generation polynomial must be known.

  • Page 199: Ending The Measurement

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block clock-to-data travel times must always be taken into account and checked with an oscilloscope if necessary. The R&S SMJ indicates the status of the clock and data lines and of the synchronization in the menus.

  • Page 200: Data Enable

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block input halts the measurement and restarts it when the data sequence begins, and the BER results of the relevant (sub)sequences are integrated. Figure 5-2: The length of the signal is too short for a complete PRBS sequence; PRBS generation is restarted by the Restart signal when the signal begins anew.

  • Page 201: Pattern Ignore

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Figure 5-5: Data Enable signal with block error rate measurement. 5.4.9 Pattern Ignore Bit sequences of 32 bits or more with only "1" or "0", which some mobile radio stand- ards provide instead of frame data when faulty frames are detected, can also be exclu- ded from the measurement using the "Pattern Ignore"...

  • Page 202: General Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block If the data is not cyclically continued, the measurement can be selectively interrupted and restarted. Certain data sections and frames that have been marked as faulty can be excluded from the measurement.
  • Page 203 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Data Bits Displays the current number of data bits checked. Remote command: on page 512 :BERT:RESult? Errors Displays the current number of occurred errors. Remote command:...
  • Page 204 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block "Data" The applied data signal was detected. "No Data" The applied data signal was not detected. Only clocked-in signals are detected; if the clock signal is missing, then data changes will also not be detected.

  • Page 205: Configuration

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block 5.4.10.2 Configuration The "Configuration" section is used to select the type of measurement, the data source and the termination criteria. If the data is not cyclically continued, the measurement can be selectively interrupted and restarted.
  • Page 206 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block This criterion terminates the measurement relatively quickly if the error rate is high. The measurement result is statistically reliable, since many errors were already coun- ted.
  • Page 207 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Remote command: on page 520 [:SOURce]:INPut:BERT:THReshold External Restart Activates/deactivates an external restart of the BER measurement. The length of the signal is too short for a complete PRBS sequence; PRBS generation is restarted by the "Restart"...
  • Page 208 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block The signal is fed in at the "Data Enable" input of the BERT interface. It is generated by the DUT but can also be provided by the R&S SMJ in the form of a marker signal.

  • Page 209: Block Error Rate Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Example: 50 bits were set to "0" by the DUT. These 50 bits plus the preceding "0" are ignored in the bit error rate measurement. "Off"...

  • Page 210: General Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block 5.4.11.1 General Settings State Switches the block error rate measurement on/off. Depending on the setting in the "Mode" box, either a continuous measurement ("Auto") or a single measurement ("Single") is carried out. A single measurement must be star- ted by clicking the "Execute Single"...
  • Page 211 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Remote command: on page 512 :BLER:RESult? Terminated By Displays the termination criterion for the measurement. These criteria can be entered to keep the duration of the measurement short for low as well as high block error rates.

  • Page 212: Configuration

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block "No Data" The applied data signal was not detected. Possible causes are: ● The signal from the DUT is missing. ● The wrong impedance for the applied clock rate was selected (see "Impedance"...
  • Page 213 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block "Single" Single measurement of bit error rate. The measurement is started by clicking the "Execute Single" button. If a measurement is in progress, the current values for "Block Error Rate", "Errors"...
  • Page 214 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements - BERT Block Data Polarity Sets the polarity of the feedback data blocks. Remote command: on page 515 :BLER:SETup:DATA[:POLarity] Clock Slope Sets the polarity of the active slope of the feedback clock.

  • Page 215: Rf Signal And Analog Modulations - Rf Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5 RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.1 Overview of RF Signal Settings for the RF output signal and analog modulation are made under "RF Signal"...

  • Page 216: Rf Signal Modes And Characteristics

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block To query the impedance of the RF outputs, use the command :OUTPut<hw>: on page 555. IMPedance? RF On Activates RF signal output. This function corresponds to the RF ON /OFF key.

  • Page 217: Rf Frequency

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The input REF IN is used to input an external instrument reference, and the output REF OUT serves as the output of the reference frequency (internal or external).

  • Page 218: Rf Frequency Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block RF Freq Enters the RF frequency, considering the frequency offset. Note: The SCPI command sets the level of the "Freq" display, that means an entered frequency offset and multiplier factor are taken into consideration in the frequency value.

  • Page 219: User Variation Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Note: Status bar values blanked? For security concerns or certain operating modes, the instrument blanks the frequency and level display in the status bar. ● The display has been disabled for security reasons, see...

  • Page 220: Phase Continuous Frequency Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block ● Press the MENU key and select "RF/A Mod > RF Frequency > Frequency/ Phase". The combined "RF Frequency / Phase ..." settings dialog contains the parameters determine the step size for adjusting the frequency with the rotary knob.

  • Page 221: Phase Continuous Frequency

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block ● Press the MENU key and select "RF/A Mod > RF Frequency > Frequency/ Phase". The combined "RF Frequency / Phase ..." settings dialog contains the parameters to configure the phase settings of the RF signal.
  • Page 222 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Figure 5-7: Transition for a 1 kHz step at 1 GHz without phase continuous mode active. For the graphical display the signal is down converted into the kHz range.
  • Page 223 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The available frequency range for phase continuous settings is limited by the fine reso- lution synthesizer used and varies with the RF frequency setting at the point of activat- ing the phase continuous mode.
  • Page 224 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The triangle sweep offers a uniform forward sweep and return to the beginning fre- quency. The saw tooth sweep produces a uniform forward sweep with an abrupt reset to the starting frequency.

  • Page 225: Reference Oscillator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 717 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:STATe 5.5.4 Reference Oscillator The R&S SMJ is equipped with an internal reference oscillator that generates a refer- ence frequency of 10 MHz. It is used as internal reference source for the synthesizer and the local oscillator.
  • Page 226 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block If you have a clean external reference signal with 10 MHz frequency, you can directly pass it to the output. The signal quality remains the same. Figure 5-10: Synchronizing instruments by means of an externally applied reference signal hav-...

  • Page 227: Reference Oscillator Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.4.1 Reference Oscillator Settings To access the settings dialog for configuring the reference signal, perform one of the following: ● In the block diagram, select "RF/A Mod > config... > RF Frequency > Reference Oscillator"...

  • Page 228: Local Oscillator - Lo Coupling

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block External Reference Frequency Determines the frequency of the external reference signal. You can use an external reference signal having a frequency of 5 MHz, 10 MHz or 13 MHz.

  • Page 229: Phase Coherence

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.5.1 Phase Coherence Phase coherence of two RF signals means that there is a defined and stable phase relationship between two (or more) RF carriers, i.e. there is a fixed delta phase ΔΦ...
  • Page 230 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block To open the "LO Coupling" dialog, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > LO Coupling" or use the MENU key under "RF/A Mod". The menu is available only for instruments equipped with the option R&S SMJ-B90.

  • Page 231: Rf Level

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.6 RF Level 5.5.6.1 Overview of RF Level Message "Level overrange/underrange" If this message appears in the status line, the following parameter is in the overrange (see data sheet): ●...

  • Page 232: Rf Level Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The RF output is protected against overloading by an external signal applied to the RF output (see Chapter 5.5.9, "Reverse Power Protection", on page 232). Setting the RF level To change the RF level, press the LEVEL key and enter the desired level.
  • Page 233 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The offset-free level, level offset and level limit are set in the top section of the menu. The attenuator mode is set in the "Attenuator Settings" section.
  • Page 234 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 768 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer Note: The SCPI command [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][: sets the level of the "Level" display, that is the level containing offset. AMPLitude] Limit - RF Level Sets an upper limit for the RF output power.
  • Page 235 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 555 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe Fixed Range (PEP) In Displays the level range in which the level is set without interruption for the "Attenuator Mode fixed" setting.

  • Page 236: Power-On/Emf Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.6.3 Power-On/EMF Settings The power-on behavior of the R&S SMJ and the level display in the display header are set in the "Power-On / EMF Settings" section of the "RF Level/EMF/ALC/UCOR" dia- log.

  • Page 237: Automatic Level Control Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block ALC States The following description basically explains the ALC states and their principle of opera- tion. In particular ALC OFF (Sample & Hold) gives an overview on the function in terms of the equipment of the generator.

  • Page 238: User Correction

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block State - ALC Activates/deactivates internal level control. "Auto" The instrument selects the most appropriate ALC mode automati- cally. ALC is on in most operating conditions. Default state.

  • Page 239: User Correction Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The lists are created in the "List Editor". Each list is stored in its own file with the prede- fined file extension *. uco. The name of the User Correction file can be freely selected.
  • Page 240 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block State - User Correction Activates/deactivates user correction. The "UCOR" status message appears in the frequency and level display. Remote command: on page 708 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe] Use Multi Level Correction - User Correction Activates the use of the multi level correction data (see Chapter 5.5.8.3, "Filling the...
  • Page 241 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Multi level lists which are filled automatically using the Fill with sensor function consist of nine level columns, one for each attenuator stage (see Chapter 5.5.8.3, "Filling the Correction List with Power Sensor Measurement Data",...
  • Page 242 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Edit" Calls a selection of possible actions described below. "Insert Row" Insert a new row before the marked row. "Insert Range" Insert new rows before the marked row. The number of rows to be inserted can be defined in an entry window.
  • Page 243 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Import/Export >>> Expands the menu with the area for import and export of user correction files. Externally edited Excel tables with any number of frequency/level value pairs can be imported as text or CSV-files and used for user correction.

  • Page 244: Filling The Correction List Automatically

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn on page 705 Select ASCII Source / Destination - User Correction Calls the "File Manager" for selecting the ASCII file to be imported into a user correc- tion list (source) or the ASCII file the user correction list is exported (destination) in.

  • Page 245: Filling The Correction List With Power Sensor Measurement Data

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The correction list entries are only computed when the "Fill" button is pressed. From Sets the start value of the index range. Remote command: n.a. Range Sets the range for filling the table.
  • Page 246 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block on page 233). The filling of the user correction list with measurement data is per- formed in the ucor list editor (see "Edit User Cor. Data - User Correction"...
  • Page 247 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Include Zeroing" Performs a zeroing procedure before acquiring the user correction data to improve precision. Since during zeroing no signal may be applied to the sensor, RF is temporarily switched off at the generator.

  • Page 248: Reverse Power Protection

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block To increase the level accuracy and provide precise measurement results, the instru- ment considers the changes in VSWR for the different attenuator settings. It automati- cally selects the corresponding reference level for each of the attenuator steps. For ranges from 40 dB on, the changes in VSWR are negligible;...

  • Page 249: Rf Measurement

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.10 RF Measurement 5.5.10.1 NRP-Z Power Viewer The R&S SMJ features the power viewer function for measuring or monitoring either the RF output power, or a freely selectable signal source with R&S NRP-Z power sen- sors.
  • Page 250 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Further functions of the R&S SMJ related to R&S NRP-Z power sensors are: ● Acquisition of level correction data, see Chapter 5.5.8, "User Correction", on page 222.
  • Page 251 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block In remote control, the sensors are set up using the SENSe commands. The remote measurement is triggered by the READ query which also provides the measurement results.
  • Page 252 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 560 :READ<ch>[:POWer]? Level (Avg.) Indicates the measured level value with the selected unit. Remote command: on page 560 :READ<ch>[:POWer]? Unit Selects the unit used for result display.
  • Page 253 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Zeroing calibrates the external power sensor by adjusting its reading at zero signal power. For this purpose, the RF power source must be switched off or disconnected from the sensor (see tips below).
  • Page 254 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Filter Determines the length of the filter used for the measurement. The filter length affects the measurement time directly. The averaging filter is used to reduce fluctuations in the measured result to the extent desired.
  • Page 255 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 563 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:TYPE Filter Length ← Filter Indicates the used filter length for filter type "Auto" or "User". Remote command: on page 561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth:AUTO? on page 562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth[:USER]...

  • Page 256: Analog Modulation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 560 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe Enable Logging Activates recording of R&S NRP-Z power sensor readings. If enabled, every value measured by a connected power sensor and indicated in the user interface, is written to a log file.
  • Page 257 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 758 [:SOURce<hw>]:MODulation[:ALL][:STATe] Modulation Sources The following modulations use internal and external modulation sources: ● Amplitude modulation ● Pulse modulation ● Frequency modulation ●...

  • Page 258: Amplitude Modulation (Am)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block PhiM Pulse BB-AM Vector modulation (I/Q) Digital modulation (DM) 5.5.11.2 Amplitude Modulation (AM) An internal or external source can be selected for amplitude modulation. The LF GEN modulation generator is available as the internal source.
  • Page 259 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block State Activates amplitude modulation. Activation of AM deactivates: ● BB AM ● I/Q modulation ● arbitrary waveform generation ● digital modulation ● digital standards Remote command: on page 571 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:STATe...

  • Page 260: Broadband Amplitude Modulation (Bb-Am)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block AM Sensitivity Displays the input sensitivity of the externally applied modulation signal at the EXT MOD input in %/V. The modulation depth entered under AM Depth is achieved with 1 Volt modulation of the input.
  • Page 261 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block ● arbitrary waveform generation (ARB), ● digital modulation and ● digital standards. The upper level limit for BB-AM is the same as that for I/Q modulation. PEP is up to 6 dB above the display value, depending on the modulation depth.

  • Page 262: Frequency Modulation (Fm)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.11.4 Frequency Modulation (FM) Frequency modulation (FM) requires option R&S SMJ-B20 (FM/PhiM Modulator). An internal and/or external source can be selected for frequency modulation. The LF GEN modulation generator is available as the internal source. Two-tone FM is possible by simultaneously switching on the external and internal source.
  • Page 263 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 712 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:STATe FM Source Selects the source for the FM signal. "Internal" Uses the internal LF generator as modulation signal source for FM.

  • Page 264: Phase Modulation (Phim)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The modulation deviation entered with FM Deviation is achieved with 1 Volt (= U ) of peak the input signal. Note: The input voltage should not exceed 1.1 V otherwise modulation distortions might occur.
  • Page 265 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block An internal and/or external source can be selected for phase modulation. The LF GEN modulation generator is available as the internal source. The EXT MOD input connector for external feed of analog modulation signals is at the rear of the instrument.
  • Page 266 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Internal" Uses the internal LF generator as the modulation signal source for ɸM. "External" Uses an externally applied modulation signal. The external signal is input via the EXT MOD connector.

  • Page 267: Pulse Modulation (Pm)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block ɸM Sensitivity Displays the input sensitivity of the externally applied modulation signal at the EXT MOD input in RAD/V. ɸM The modulation deviation entered with Deviation"ɸM Deviation" is achieved with 1 Volt (=U ) of the input signal.
  • Page 268 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Automatic Level Control is deactivated with pulse modulation! When pulse modulation is activated, the ALC state of the R&S SMJ is automatically changed to "ALC OFF" ("Sample & Hold"). In this state, the ALC loop is opened and the output level is not regulated but the level modulator is set directly.

  • Page 269: Modulation Generator And Lf Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 773 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce LFGen Frequency - Pulse Modulation Sets the repetition frequency of the internal signal. This setting affects all analog modulations which use the LF generator as the internal modulation source.

  • Page 270: Lf Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block To configure the LF generator signal, see "LF Output Dialog" on page 254. However, you can also configure the LF signal directly in the settings dialogs of the analog modu- lations.

  • Page 271: Lf Frequency Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5.5.13 LF Frequency Sweep The "LF Frequency Sweep" dialog is used to configure and activate an LF frequency sweep signal. To open the "LF Frequency Sweep" dialog, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > LF Fre- quency Sweep"...
  • Page 272 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block If you change the sweep mode during the execution, the signal generator stops the sweep and starts with the next trigger event at the initial value. The "Reset Sweep" button sets the sweep to the start value.
  • Page 273 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Extern Single" Generates a single sweep cycle when an a external trigger event occurs. The sweep steps within the cycle are performed automatically, con- trolled by the dwell time. If one cycle is completed, the instrument waits for the next trigger event.
  • Page 274 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Example: SOUR:LFO:SWE:FREQ:MODE AUTO TRIG:LFFS:SWE:SOUR SING TRIG:LFFS Remote command: on page 741 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute on page 806 :TRIGger<hw>:LFFSweep:IMMediate on page 805 :TRIGger<hw>:LFFSweep on page 809 :TRIGger<hw>[:IMMediate] Reset Sweep Resets a sweep.
  • Page 275 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Sawtooth" The sweep runs from the start to the stop frequency. Each subse- quent sweep starts at the start frequency, that means the shape of the sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth.

  • Page 276: Rf Sweep And List Mode

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Note: It is recommended to switch off the display update for optimum sweep performance especially with short dwell times (see Chapter 5.2.3.7, "Display Update", on page 138).

  • Page 277: Rf Frequency Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block 5. Trigger the sweep, except for Auto mode ("Execute Single Sweep", Current Fre- quency or External Trigger Signal). It is recommended to switch off the display update for optimum sweep performance especially with short dwell times (see Chapter 5.2.3.7, "Display...
  • Page 278 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block RF Frequency Sweep Settings ► To access the sweep dialog, select "RF/A Mod > configure > Sweep/List > RF Fre- quency Sweep". In these dialogs you can configure the corresponding sweep signal.
  • Page 279 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Auto" Generates a continuously repeating sweep signal immediately after activating the sweep mode. The sweep steps are performed atomatically, controlled by the dwell time, see "Dwell Time - Frequency Sweep"...
  • Page 280 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Step" Generates the sweep signal step-by-step, manually triggered. To perform the sweep steps, enter the frequency value under Current Freq - Frequency Sweep. You can directly enter the value, but also use the UP and DOWN navigation keys or the ROTARY KNOB.
  • Page 281 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Extern Step" Generates the sweep signal step-by-step, manually triggered. To trigger a sweep step, apply an external trigger signal. The step width corresponds to the step width set for the rotary knob.
  • Page 282 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Stop Freq - Frequency Sweep Sets the stop frequency. Remote command: on page 719 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP Center Freq - Frequency Sweep Sets the center frequency. Remote command: on page 713 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer...
  • Page 283 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 781 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe Step Lin/Log - Frequency Sweep Sets the step width for the individual frequency sweep steps. At each step this value is added to the current frequency.

  • Page 284: Rf Level Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 778 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl Global Trigger/Clock Settings Calls the "Global Trigger/Clock Settings" dialog. This dialog is used among other things for setting the polarity of the active slope of an applied instrument trigger.
  • Page 285 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block State - Level Sweep Activates Level Sweep mode. Note: Activating a sweep mode automatically deactivates other sweeps and the list mode. Remote command: on page 768 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE Mode - Level Sweep Selects the level sweep instrument operating mode and the sweep mode.
  • Page 286 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Step" Sets a step-by-step sweep cycle. If this mode is activated, the cursor moves to the value displayed for "Current Level". Each sweep step is triggered by a variation of the value in the "Current Level"...
  • Page 287 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Extern Start/Stop" Sets an automatically repeated sweep cycle that is started, stopped and restartet by subsequent external trigger events. The first external trigger signal starts the sweep (Start).
  • Page 288 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Stop Level - Level Sweep Sets the stop level. Remote command: on page 770 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STOP Current Level - Level Sweep Displays the current level. If "Step" is set, the level for the next level step of the sweep is entered here.

  • Page 289: List Mode

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Note: It is recommended to switch off the display update for optimum sweep performance especially with short dwell times (see Chapter 5.2.3.7, "Display Update", on page 138).

  • Page 290: List Mode Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The list is processed from the beginning to the end of the list (modes "Auto", ("Exter- nal") "Single", ("External") "Step"). 5.5.15.1 List Mode Dialog To open the "List Mode" menu, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > List Mode" or use the MENU key under "RF/A Mod".
  • Page 291 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Auto" Cycle from the beginning to the end of the list with automatic restart at the beginning. If a different mode was activated prior to the Auto mode, the cycle continues from the beginning of the list.
  • Page 292 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Dwell Time - List Mode Enters the dwell time. The dwell time determines the duration of a list step in list oper- ating modes "Auto", "Single" and "Extern Single". In these modes a complete list is pro- cessed either once or continuously.
  • Page 293 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Remote command: on page 755 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:LEARn List Mode Data... - List Mode Calls the "File Select" menu for selecting and creating a list or the "File Manager".
  • Page 294 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block "Edit" Calls a selection of possible actions described below. "Insert Row" Inserts a new row before the marked row. Inserts new rows before the marked row. The number of rows to be "Insert Range"...
  • Page 295 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The pin assignment of the AUX I/O interface is shown in the "User Marker / AUX I/O Configuration" menu; the assignment of the USER pins 2...4 and USER 1 BNC con- nector can be changed.

  • Page 296: Filling The List Mode Data Automatically

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block Column Separator- List Mode Selects the separator between the frequency and level column of the ASCII table. Remote command: on page 750 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn Select ASCII Source / Destination - List Mode Calls the "File Manager"...
  • Page 297 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A RF Signal and Analog Modulations - RF Block The filling of the column with the selected value settings is started with button "Fill". The list entries are only computed when the "Fill" button is pressed.

  • Page 298: I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block 5.6 I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block The R&S SMJ offers I/Q modulation with: ● external analog I/Q signals, ● internal digital signals. I/Q modulation with an external analog I/Q signal is possible for the basic unit (R&S SMJ with frequency option R&S SMJ-B10x) without additional equipment...

  • Page 299: I/Q Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block ● select "Internal Baseband I/Q In", if the internally generated baseband signal is used. The RF bandwidth is reduced (see data sheet). Alternatively, the input signal can be selected in the "I/Q Settings" menu (see Chap- ter 5.6, "I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod...

  • Page 300: General I/Q Mod Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block The bottom section of the menu differs depending on the selected input signal ("Analog Wideband I/Q Input" or "Internal Baseband"). The crest factor is input for the external signal.

  • Page 301: I/Q Swap And I/Q Wideband

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block If activated, the settings for leakage, I/Q imbalance and quadrature offset become effective. Whether or not I/Q impairment is activated is indicated in the function block. Note: It is advisable to switch automatic level control to the Sample&Hold mode, as otherwise level errors may occur (see Chapter 5.5.7, "Automatic Level Control -...
  • Page 302 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block The I/Q modulator defined in the IS2000 standard differs from the definition in the R&S SMJ. The definition on which the R&S SMJ is based is used by virtually all digital communication standards (except IS95 and IS2000).

  • Page 303: Analog Wideband I/Q Input

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block 5.6.2.4 Analog Wideband I/Q Input In the bottom section of the menu the crest factor is input for the external signal and the gain is selected for the internal and external signal ("Analog Wideband I/Q Input" or "Internal Baseband").

  • Page 304: Impairment Of Digital I/Q Signal And Noise Generator - Awgn/Imp Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 724 (for analog I/Q signal) [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:GAIN on page 727 (for digital I/Q signal) [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IQGain 5.7 Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block The R&S SMJ allows the digital I/Q signal to be impaired before it is passed on to the...

  • Page 305: Impairments

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block 5.7.1 Impairments Signal impairments (I/Q Impairments) are well-defined arithmetic modifications of the data. Every data sample is modified in the same way. Impairment of the digital I/Q signal can be used to: ●...

  • Page 306: I And Q Offset

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Figure 5-14: Negative gain imbalance (left) and positive gain imbalance (right) in the I/Q constellation diagram 5.7.1.2 I and Q Offset An I offset adds a constant value to all I amplitudes, leaving the Q amplitudes unchanged.

  • Page 307: Impairment Settings Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Figure 5-16: Positive quadrature offset in the I/Q constellation diagram 5.7.1.4 Impairment Settings Menu To access the "Impairment Settings" menu for setting the digital I/Q impairments, select "AWGN/IMP >...
  • Page 308 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block State - Digital Impairments Activates/deactivates digital I/Q impairment. When activated, the settings for carrier leakage, I/Q imbalance and quadrature offset become effective. Internal predistortion for compensating the I/Q modulator is not influenced by this set- ting.

  • Page 309: Awgn - Noise Generator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Optimization Mode - Digital Impairments Selects the optimization mode. The optimization uses a set of factory determined cali- bration values. Use the parameter Optimize internal IQ-Impairments for RF Output - Digital Impair-...

  • Page 310: Awgn Settings Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block 5.7.2.1 AWGN Settings Dialog To open the "AWGN Settings" menu for setting the noise generator, select "AWGN/IMP > Configure > AWGN" or use the MENU key under "AWGN/IMP".
  • Page 311 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block State - AWGN Activates/deactivates the RFI signal generator. The interferer (AWGN or CW interferer, depending on the selected mode) is generated as after the generator is activated.
  • Page 312 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Noise Bandwidth - AWGN (Additive Noise and Noise Only) Indicates the real noise bandwidth. The value is indicated when AWGN state is "On". Note: The noise signal is not generated arbitrarily for a particular bandwidth, but instead it is generated in steps.
  • Page 313 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 575 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:FREQuency:RESult? Noise Power Configuration And Output Results The interfering signal is configured in the "Noise/Interferer Power Configuration and Output Results" section.
  • Page 314 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Bit Rate - AWGN (Additive Noise) Sets or indicates the bit rate used for converting C/N or S/N to E With "Custom Digital Mod" signals, the bit rate used is indicated here. It is defined by the choice of the standard in the "Custom Digital Mod"...
  • Page 315 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block ● The power of the useful signal is displayed in the menu under "Carrier Power". The displayed value corresponds to the value in the "Level" display field.
  • Page 316 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Note: The noise signal is not generated arbitrarily for a particular bandwidth, but instead it is generated in steps. Noise therefore also occurs outside the set system bandwidth.

  • Page 317: Output Of The Baseband Signal - I/Q Out

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Note: The peak envelope power (PEP) specified in the header corresponds to the PEP value of the carrier. In the mode "Additive Noise" the "Display Output Results For" (analog or digital) has to be set before.

  • Page 318: Analog I/Q Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Selecting the menu item "I/Q Out Settings" opens a dialog with the parameters for the I/Q output signal. The "I/Q Out" Settings dialog is available for analog and digital I/Q output signals.
  • Page 319 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block "Differential" Differential output at I OUT and I OUT BAR or Q OUT and Q OUT BAR. The analog I/Q signal components are output at I/Q OUT and I/Q OUT BAR.
  • Page 320 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block "Fixed" The settings for the I/Q signal components are fixed and cannot be changed. ● "Level Vp (EMF)" (Single ended) = 1.0 V ●...
  • Page 321 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:I on page 729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:Q Offset (EMF) (available only for output type "Differential" only) Sets an offset between the inverting and the non-inverting output.

  • Page 322: Digital I/Q Output Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:I on page 729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:Q 5.7.3.3 Digital I/Q Output Settings The digital baseband signal is output at a standardized (LVDS) digital I/Q interface.
  • Page 323 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block EX-I/Q-Box Settings… - Digital I/Q Output (With a connected R&S EX-IQ-BOX only) Opens the main settings dialog of the R&S EX-IQ-BOX. Remote command: n.a.
  • Page 324 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Set Level Via Selects the level type (peak level/level) that is used to set the signal level. The entry field is activated in the status bar and the value can be edited directly. Either the "Peak Level "...
  • Page 325 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 734 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] Signal Monitoring The section "Signal Monitoring" indicates digital signal clipping. Overflow - Digital I/Q Out Indicates that the I/Q output signal is currently clipped. This indication also appears in the block diagram close to the digital I/Q Out connector.

  • Page 326: I/Q Level - Info

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block 5.7.4 I/Q Level - Info... The signal power and the crest factor of the baseband signal at the I/Q output connec- tors are indicated in the dialog box "Baseband Info". This information is needed, for example, to use the I/Q signal externally and to adjust the power correctly there, or to see how the signal is modulated.

  • Page 327: Baseband Signal Power Measurement

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Crest Factor - Digital Impairments Indicates the crest factor of the baseband signal. The crest factor is calculated from the two level parameters as follows:...
  • Page 328 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block When activated, information on the peak power, power and crest factor are indicated. Additionally the duration of the measurement can be set. Remote command: on page 695 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MEASurement[:STATe]...

  • Page 329: Baseband Signal - Baseband Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 5.8 Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The R&S SMJ provides you with the ability to generate digital modulation signals in accordance with the definitions in the digital standards or with user-definable charac- teristics.

  • Page 330: Internal Prbs Data And Data Patterns

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● Control signals The input signals can be both internally generated and supplied from an external source. The internally generated data and clock signals are output not only on the DATA and CLOCK connectors but also on the corresponding pins of the AUX I/O inter- face.

  • Page 331: Internal Modulation Data From Lists

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-2: PRBS generators PRBS generator Length in bits Feedback to GUI selection 9-bit Registers 4, 0 PRBS 9 -1 = 511 11-bit Registers 2, 0 PRBS 11 -1 = 2047...

  • Page 332: Clock Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block In the case of modulation modes with more than 1bit/symbol, the most significant bit (MSB) must be fed in first (MSB first). The clock reference (symbol clock) used to read in the data can be either internal or external.

  • Page 333: Synchronizing Data Signals And Clock Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The clock output signals are assigned in the menu sequence "Setup > Environment > Global Trigger/Clock/External Inputs > USER Marker /AUX I/O Settings". External clock reference An external clock is always supplied via the CLOCK connector. When the external clock reference is selected, the internal clock is synchronized to it.
  • Page 334 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block In modulation modes with fewer than 10bits/symbol, the parallel data is output LSB-jus- tified. In the case of 8-PSK modulation for example (3bits/symbol) only data lines D0, D1 and D2 are used.
  • Page 335 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block R&S SMJ to ensure that the serial data is accepted correctly can be found in the data sheet. The following diagram illustrates the timing ratios between data and clock when serial data is being supplied from an external source and the internal clock source is being used.
  • Page 336 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block External serial data The following diagram illustrates the timing ratios between data and clock when serial data is being supplied from an external source and an external reference clock is being used.

  • Page 337: Control Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 5.8.1.6 Control Signals The following control signals are processed in the R&S SMJ: ● "Burst Gate" for power ramping ● "Level Attenuation" for power ramping ● "CW" for controlling the CW (continuous wave) mode A dedicated internal "Control Data Editor"...
  • Page 338 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Possible applications ● Use the "Level Attenuation" function to simulate radio stations located at various distances. ● Use the "Power Ramp" function if it is necessary to control the RF output signal envelope synchronously, e.g.

  • Page 339: Trigger Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-25: Impact of the ramp settings = "Ramp Function" 2, 3 = "Rise Delay", "Fall Delay" = "Ramp Time" 5.8.1.7 Trigger Signals In the R&S SMJ, trigger signals are internally generated or externally supplied signals which start signal generation at a particular point in time.

  • Page 340: Marker Output Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block frames, for example in the course of base station tests, and yet the signal can still be generated synchronously. In each frame the base station generates a trigger which would cause a signal generation restart every time but for the suppression.
  • Page 341 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: Symbol Rate = 1 Msym/s, Divider = 2 The marker frequency is 500 kHz, corresponding to a marker period of 2 us. Each On and Off period has a length of 1 us, corresponding to one symbol period. With a divider of 4 (6, 8 ...), the length of each On and Off period is increased to 2 (3, 4, ...) symbol...

  • Page 342: Digital Modulation - Custom Digital Modulation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: In the following example, the marker signal is defined by an "On Time" = 1 and "Off Time" = 2. 5.8.2 Digital Modulation - Custom Digital Modulation The R&S SMJ can generate digital modulation signals with user-definable characteris- tics.
  • Page 343 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block dures 256QAM and 1024QAM are not specified in this standard, but have been pro- duced according to the same basic principles. In the case of all FSK procedures, the user can set the symbol rate fSYMB up to a maximum value (see data sheet).
  • Page 344 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block pi/4-QPSK pi/2-DBPSK pi/4-DQPSK 2 bits per symbol pi/4rotation 1 bit per symbol 2 bits per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P4QP Differential coding, pi/2 rotation Differential coding, pi/4 rotation SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P2DB SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P4DQ...
  • Page 345 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 32QAM EDGE 64QAM 128QAM 5 bits per symbol, -pi/4 rotation 6 bits per symbol 7 bits per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM32EDge SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM64 SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM128 256QAM 1024QAM 4096QAM 8 bits per symbol...

  • Page 346: Coding - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 2FSK 4FSK 1 bit per symbol, FSK deviation 1 bit per symbol 2 bit per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM MSK SOUR:BB:DM:FORM FSK2 SOUR:BB:DM:FORM FSK4 SOUR:BB:DM:FSK:DEV 0.1 MHz In addition to the FSK modulations, a variable FSK modulation with definable deviation per symbol is available.
  • Page 347 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-4: Permissible coding combinations for modulation symbols and modulation type Differ- Phase Diff. Gray NADC, TFTS/ INMARSAT, APCO25 APCO25 ential Diff. +Gray PDC, TETRA ICO, (FSK) (8PSK) PHS, WCDMA,...
  • Page 348 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block however assigned to the individual modulation symbols. The following tables show the assignment of modulation symbols to phase shifts of the I/Q vector in relation to the selected coding. Table 5-5: Phase shifts for pi/4DQPSK...

  • Page 349: Baseband Filter - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block By means of differential coding, the assignment between modulation symbols and phase differences shown in the following table is generated: Modulation sym- bol a (binary, MSB, LSB) Phase difference 0°...
  • Page 350 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-8: Baseband filter Cosine Root Cosine Gauss (FSK) Roll Off Factor Roll Off Factor B x T SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE RCOS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE GAUS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:COS 0.99 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:RCOS 0.99 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:GAUS 2.5...
  • Page 351 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block cdmaOne + Equalizer cdmaOne 705 kHz + Equalizer cdma2000 3X SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COE SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COFE228 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE DM3x APCO25 APCO25 (H-CPM) APCO25 (LSM) Roll Off Factor SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25Hcpm SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25Lsm SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25 Gauss Cut Off Frequency SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:APC 0.5...
  • Page 352 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Split Phase Rectangular Dirac SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE RECT SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE DIRac SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE SPH SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:SPH 0.15 Lowpass ACP opt. Lowpass EVM opt. EUTRA/LTE SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LPASs BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LPASSEVM SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LTEFilter SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:LAPS 0.5 BB:DM:FILT:PAR:LAPSSEVM 0.5 These predefined filters are designed for the special spectrum characteristics of the dif- ferent communication standards.
  • Page 353 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Cut Off Frequency The cut-off frequency or corner frequency is a filter characteristic that defines the fre- quency at the 3 dB down point. This frequency is bound to the transition band; here the filter characteristic changes form the passband to the stopband, where the signal is suppressed.

  • Page 354: Conflicting Settings - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● A "Cut Off Frequency Shift" = -1 results in a very narrow-band filter ● Increasing the value up to 1 makes the filter more broad-band ● By "Cut Off Frequency Shift" = 0, the -3 dB point is at the frequency determined by the half of the selected "Sample Rate".
  • Page 355 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The menu for setting digital modulation can be opened either in the "Baseband" block or in the menu tree under "Baseband". The "Custom Digital Modulation" menu enables direct selection of the data source, standard, symbol rate, coding, modulation type and filter.
  • Page 356 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The buttons in the lower part of the menu open submenus for power ramping and for configuring triggers, markers and clocks. In each case the current setting is displayed next to the button.
  • Page 357 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Parameter Value Ramp Time 1 sym Ramp Function Cosine Fall Delay Rise Delay Source Internal State Trigger Mode Auto, Source Internal Clock Source Internal Mode Symbol Remote command: on page 630 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRESet...
  • Page 358 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Fast Save Determines whether the instrument performs an absolute or a differential storing of the settings. Enable this function to accelerate the saving process by saving only the settings with values different to the default ones.
  • Page 359 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Data List ..., Data lists will be used. Select Data" Data lists can be generated internally in the data editor or externally. Data lists are selected in the "File Select" window, which is called by means of the "Select Data"...
  • Page 360 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-9: Standards (Custom Digital Modulation) Standard Modulation Symbol Rate Filter Coding Parameter for SCPI command APCO Phase1 4FSK, Deviation 4.8 ksym/s APCO25, roll off = 0.2 APCO25(FSK) APCOPH1C4fm C4FM 1.8 KHz...
  • Page 361 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Standard Modulation Symbol Rate Filter Coding Parameter for SCPI command Worldspace QPSK 1.84 Msym/s Root Cosine, alpha = WORLdspace 0.40 TFTS pi/4 DQPSK 22.1 ksym/s Root Cosine, alpha = TFTS/ TETRA TFTS 0.40...
  • Page 362 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Modulation The modulation type is set in the "Modulation section". The parameters offered depend on what is currently selected. The "More..." button opens a submenu for displaying the user-defined mapping.
  • Page 363 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 647 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:AQPSk:ANGLe More - Modulation Type Calls the submenu which displays the mapping of the currently selected modulation type and the digital modulation delay in the case of an external data source.
  • Page 364 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block FSK Type (Variable FSK only) Selects the FSK modulation type for selection "Variable FSK". You may choose from 4FSK, 8FSK and 16FSK. Remote command: on page 650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:TYPE Deviation xxxx (Variable FSK only) Set the deviation of the associated symbol.
  • Page 365 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 632 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SWITching:SOURce Filter The filter is set in the Filter section. Filter Selects the baseband filter (see Chapter 5.8.2.4, "Baseband Filter - Custom Digital Mod", on page 333).
  • Page 366 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:OSAMpling:AUTO on page 644 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:OSAMpling More - Filter Calls the menu for displaying the filter characteristic of the currently selected filter. Load User Filter Calls the menu "Select List File User Filter" for selecting a user-defined filter file with extansion *.vaf (see...
  • Page 367 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Execute Trigger Executes trigger manually. A manual trigger can be executed only when an internal trigger source and a trigger mode other than Auto have been selected. Remote command: on page 635 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXECute...
  • Page 368 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The data editor is called using the "Edit Data List..." and "Edit Control List ..." buttons. The contents of the selected list are displayed. Operating the list editors is described in Chapter 4.5.1, "Working with List...
  • Page 369 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Data List Editor A list of binary values with a maximum length of 2^31 bits can be entered in the "Data List Editor". This value corresponds to a file size of approx. 268 Mbyte.
  • Page 370 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Copy ← Data List Editor Copies the selected values. Remote command: n.a. Cut ← Data List Editor Cuts the selected values. Remote command: n.a. Paste ← Data List Editor Pastes the values that have been copied or cut before.
  • Page 371 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The available marker signals and the CW, Hop, Burst Gate and Level Attenuation con- trol signals can be defined in the "Control and Marker List Editor". The marker signals defined in the Control and Marker List Editor are activated by selecting the Marker mode "CList"...
  • Page 372 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Edit Control List The configuration of the currently selected control list is displayed. This list is either selected in the "File Select" menu ("List Management "submenu by means of the "Con- trol List...
  • Page 373 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block If the definition range is decreased, the ramps outside the range are lost. When used, the control list is always repeated over the length of the definition range if the length of the data list exceeds the length of the control list.
  • Page 374 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The bit position is specified in the "Ramp Position" column, the high or low signal sta- tus in the "Ramp State" column. At the end of the list, there is always a blank row for entering new values.
  • Page 375 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block function and the applied attenuation (see also "Power Ramping and Level Attenuation" on page 321). Power ramping is possible up to a symbol rate of 5 MHz. If a higher symbol rate is set, power ramping is automatically switched off and an error message is output.
  • Page 376 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 652 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:SHAPe Ramp Time Enters the power ramping rise time and the fall time for a burst. The setting is expressed in symbols. See also Figure 5-25.
  • Page 377 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "On" Level attenuation is effected in the baseband only. This setting is mandatory in the following cases: When only the base- band signal is issued at the I/Q outputs. It is thus ensured that, with power ramping active, this signal is output with the defined level val- ues.
  • Page 378 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Clock Settings" section is where the clock source is selected and - in the case of an external source - the clock type. The "Global Trigger/Clock Settings" button leads to a submenu for general trigger, clock and external input settings.
  • Page 379 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Running" The digital modulation signal is generated; a trigger was (internally or externally) initiated in triggered mode. If Armed_Auto and Armed_Retrigger have been selected, generation of signals can be stopped with the "Arm" button. A new trigger (inter- nally with "Execute Trigger"...
  • Page 380 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "On" Corresponds to the default state of this parameter. The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first sam- ples are cut off and no signal is outputted. After elapsing of the inter- nal processing time, the output signal is synchronous to the trigger event.
  • Page 381 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block This enables the R&S SMJ to be synchronized with the device under test or other external devices. The parameter Actual Trigger Delay displays the delay converted in time. Remote command: on page 639 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:DELay...
  • Page 382 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Current Range without Recalculation" Displays the dynamic range within which the delay of the marker sig- nals can be set without restarting the marker and the signal. Move the setting mark to define the delay.

  • Page 383: Arbitrary Waveform Generator Arb

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 634 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:MULTiplier Measured External Clock Displays the measured frequency of the external clock signal. This enables the user to permanently monitor the frequency of the externally introduced clock.
  • Page 384 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block A waveform is a file with specified file format containing raw IQ samples. The IQ values are calculated in advance and stored as waveform files with predefined extension *.wv. When created by the R&S SMJ, the instrument inserts a tagged waveform header at the beginning of each created ARB file.
  • Page 385 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ARB Test Signals The following test signals are available: ● Sine Test Signal: Two sinewave signals with a selectable (but equal) number of samples per period and equal frequencies. When the generation is triggered, the number of samples per period, together with the frequency of the test signal, deter- mines the ARB clock frequency: "Clock Frequency"...
  • Page 386 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● Const I/Q Test Signal: Continuous test signal with constant IQ and constant Clock Frequency of 10 KHz. The values for each I and Q components are selectable but constant. They are defined as a decimal number, which is decimal-to-binary con- verted internally.
  • Page 387 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block In comparison with conventional ARB generators that often assume oversampling fac- tors of 4, the ARB generator of the R&S SMJ requires low oversampling factors, but still providing excellent signal quality in terms of EVM and ACP.

  • Page 388: Arb User Interface

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The delay and inhibit values are usually expressed in the units of the generated signal. To enable you to define the exact delay or inhibit period directly as a time value (e.g. in seconds), the instruments provide additional parameters.
  • Page 389 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The section "Multi Segment Waveform Options" is only indicated if a multi segment waveform is loaded. In this part, the segment to be output is selected. The buttons in the lower part of the menu open submenus for setting triggers and clocks, for configuring the test signal and for calculating a multi segment waveform or a multi carrier waveform.
  • Page 390 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The section comprises the settings necessary to adjust the trigger for the switch between the segments of a multi segment waveform. The parameters displayed depend on the selected trigger source.
  • Page 391 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The files last used are listed in the "Recent Data Sets" section. The directory can be selected from the center left section. All waveform files (file extension *.wv) available from the selected directory are listed on the right side. The file info (tag contents and multi segment state) for the selected file is displayed below the file section.
  • Page 392 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block HDD Streaming Enables/disables the streaming of modulation data direct form the hard drive (HDD). HDD streaming is recommended for processing of large files that require more ARB memory than the currently installed one.
  • Page 393 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Clock Calls the "Clock" menu. The "Clock" menu is used to select the clock source (see "Clock Settings" on page 389). Remote command: n.a. Create Test Signal... Selects the form of the test signal and calls the menu for generating it. A sinusoidal, rectangular or test signal with constant I/Q can be selected.
  • Page 394 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Marker Mode" section is where the marker signals at the MARKER output con- nectors are configured. The "Marker Delay" section is where a marker signal delay can be defined, either with- out restriction or restricted to the dynamic section, i.e., the section in which it is possi-...
  • Page 395 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger In The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - internal or exter- nal - is selected.
  • Page 396 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Running/Stopped Displays the status of signal generation for all trigger modes. This display appears only when signal generation is enabled ("State" On). "Running" The waveform is output; a trigger was (internally or externally) initi- ated in triggered mode.
  • Page 397 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Enables/disables output of the signal synchronous to the external trigger event. "On" Corresponds to the default state of this parameter. The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first sam- ples are cut off and no signal is outputted.
  • Page 398 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger Delay Sets the trigger signal delay in samples on external triggering or on internal triggering via the second path. This enables the R&S SMJ to be synchronized with the device under test or other external devices.
  • Page 399 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The switchover is performed either after receiving an external next segment trigger event or, for the internal trigger case, by changing the segment index in the "Next Seg- ment" field. The definition whether the new segment is generated immediately or only...
  • Page 400 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The following figure shows an example of the seamless transition from a sinewave signal segment to a sawtooth segment (I channel, above) in the case of next seg- ment external triggering (below).
  • Page 401 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Same Seg- Depending on the trigger setting, the currently selected segment is ment" continuously output either immediately or after a trigger event. Signal generation takes place differently according to the trigger selected in the "Trigger In"...
  • Page 402 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Next Seg- Depending on the trigger setting, the segment selected under "Next ment" Segment" is output either immediately or after a trigger event. ● In the case of "internal Trigger = Auto", output starts at once and the segment is generated continuously.
  • Page 403 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Next Segment The segment selected under "Next Segment" is output. Seamless" This mode is only available if all segments have the same sample rate. ● In the case of "Internal Trigger = Auto", output starts at once and the segment is generated continuously.
  • Page 404 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Execute Next Segment Triggers manually switchover to the subsequent segment in the mutli segment file. A manual trigger can be executed only when an internal "Next Segment Source" has been selected.
  • Page 405 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? on page 593 on page 592 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern on page 591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime on page 591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime Marker Delay The delay of the signals on the MARKER outputs is set in the"Marker Delay" section.
  • Page 406 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "External" The external clock reference is fed in as the symbol clock or multiple thereof via the CLOCK connector. The symbol rate must be correctly set to an accuracy of +/-2 % (see data sheet).
  • Page 407 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Sine Test Signals To access the "Sine Test Signals" dialog, in the "ARB MOD" dialog set the parameter "Create Test Signal" to Sine and press "Create Test Signal". The menu can be used to configure a sinusoidal test signal. A sine wave is generated on the I path, and a sine wave of the same frequency but phase-shifted is generated on the Q path.
  • Page 408 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Generate Signal HD (Sine Test Signal) Generates a signal and saves it to a file. The File Select window opens automatically and the signal can be stored as a wave- form file.
  • Page 409 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 594 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:AMPLitude Offset DC (Rect Test Signal) Enters a DC component. Remote command: on page 595 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:OFFSet Generate Signal HD (Rect Test Signal) Generates a signal and saves it to a file.

  • Page 410: Multi Segment Waveforms

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 594 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:Q Generate Signal HD Generates a signal and saves it to a file. The File Select window opens automatically and the signal can be stored as a wave- form file.
  • Page 411 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-27: ARB Multi Segment Waveform Concept It is also possible to create and output a blank segment, i.e. segments containing a zero signal. Typical applications for the multi segment mode are described in section "Typical...
  • Page 412 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block File Concept To provide flexible configuration, the building of a composed multi segment waveform file involves different stages; by completing of each of them, the R&S SMJ creates and stores a dedicated file. The following files are used: ●...
  • Page 413 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-28: Example of marker signals The segment begin is defined by the low-high slope of the marker. This applies for switching between two segments as well as in case of segment replay.
  • Page 414 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-30: Principle of segment triggering = To simplify the description, an internal next segment trigger event ("Exec. Next Segment") and an internal trigger event ("Execute Trigger") are used; an external trigger event has the same effect on the signal generation.
  • Page 415 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Defining the Transition between the Segments The R&S SMJ provides the parameter "Next Segment Mode" to define the transition to the subsequent segment (see the two graphics below). ● Next Segment: by receiving a Next Segment Event, the ARB aborts immediately...
  • Page 416 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● The triangle on the top line denotes a trigger event. A filled triangle on the bottom line denotes a next segment event. ● A green sinewave (or other shape) over a full period indicates one replay cycle of a segment ;...
  • Page 417 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Multi Segment File Contents The upper part of the dialog provides the functions, necessary to create and adjust the contents of the multi segment file. Multi Segment Table The table lists the individual waveforms (segments) of the selected multi segment waveform.
  • Page 418 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Info" Opens a dialog with detailed information about the currently selected waveform. Remote command: n.a. Append Opens the file menu to enter the file name of the waveform file to be appended.
  • Page 419 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: n.a. Append Blank Adds the blank segment to the multi segment file. Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:BLANk:APPend on page 620 Level / Clock /Marker The Level/Marker/Clock section provides the parameters necessary to adjust the level, marker and clock settings for the selected multi segment waveform file.
  • Page 420 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block User Clock Rate Defines the sample rate used for multi segment waveform output in case of Clock Mode "User". Remote command: on page 620 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CLOCk Segment Marker Defines the way the marker information within the separate segments is processed.
  • Page 421 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Output File In the Output File section, the output file name is specified and a comment can be added to the file. Comment Adds a comment to the multi segment file.
  • Page 422 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block New List Calls the "Create Multi Segment Waveform List" dialog to enter the name of the new file. A new new configuration table is created. Remote command: on page 625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SELect...
  • Page 423 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Multi Segment Waveform Sequencing The settings provided in the "Multi Segment Waveform Sequencing" dialog can be adjusted to crate a “play list”, i.e. to define the sequence in which the waveform file segments are processed and how many times each of them is repeated.
  • Page 424 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Sequencing Play List The "Sequencing Play List" table is used to define the sequence in which the waveform file segments are processed and how many times each of them is repeated.
  • Page 425 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Info ← Sequencing Play List Opens a dialog with detailed information about the currently selected waveform. See also "Waveform Info" on page 375. Remote command: n.a. Append Inserts a new row at the end of the sequencing play list table.
  • Page 426 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Typical Applications for Multi Segment Waveforms This section gives examples of the typical applications for multi sgment waveforms. High Speed Switchovers To test DUTs/chips using different test signals at high throughput requires extremely fast switchovers (for instance when testing ATE devices during manufacture).

  • Page 427: Multi Carrier Waveforms

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 5.8.3.4 Multi Carrier Waveforms Multi carrier waveforms consisting of up to 512 carriers modulated by user-selectable baseband signals can be created in order to simulate complex multi carrier scenarios with different baseband signals (e.g. CDMA2000 or 3GPP FDD).
  • Page 428 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The buttons in the middle part of the menu open submenus for defining the carrier table. The carrier settings can be checked in the graphical "Carrier Graph" submenu. The "Output Settings" section indicates the name, the size and the clock rate of the multi carrier waveform (after calculation).
  • Page 429 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block From the "Save/Recall" menu the "File Select" windows for saving and recalling the configurations of the ARB "Multi Carrier" submenu and the "File Manager" can be called. Multi Carrier configurations are stored as files with the predefined file extension *.arb_multcarr.
  • Page 430 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 598 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:MODE Number of Carriers Sets the number of carriers for the multi carrier waveform. By default the multi carrier table lists 1 carrier. When the number of carriers is increased, the multi carrier table is extended by adding further lines at the end of the table.
  • Page 431 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Clipping Switches baseband clipping on and off. Clipping reduces the peak power of the resulting multi carrier signal according to the input parameter "Target Crest Factor". The resulting clipped peak power is defined by sum of the the RMS level of the unclip- ped multi carrier signal and the input parameter "Target Crest Factor".
  • Page 432 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Shortest File Wins" The resulting signal period is defined by the shortest I/Q file in the carrier table. Only the first part of longer I/Q files is used. "User" The signal period can be set by the user in the "Signal Period" field.
  • Page 433 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Peak" The individual carriers are leveled based on their peak power and the configured "Carrier Gain". Example: A multi carrier signal is composed from two waveform files. First carrier "Gain" = 0 dB Second carrier "Gain"...
  • Page 434 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Graph Calls a graphical representation of the current multi carrier configuration in the fre- quency domain. The height of the bars corresponds to the chosen gain of each individual carrier. The bandwidth of the carriers signals is indicated by the width of the bars.
  • Page 435 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Create Creates a new multi carrier waveform defined by the multi carrier table and General Setting entries. This multi carrier waveform is saved with the file name specified in "Output File". If no file name is specified, the File Manager opens so that the file name can be entered.
  • Page 436 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Table Assistant Number of Carriers Defines the number of carriers of the multi carrier waveform. This parameter is identical to that in the "General Setting" section. Remote command: on page 597 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:COUNt...
  • Page 437 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP on page 607 Phase Start Sets the phase of the carrier marked by "Carrier Start". Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe[:STARt] on page 607 Phase Step Sets the step width that is used to increment the phase.
  • Page 438 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Table The table displays the settings of all available carriers. Previously applied assistant set- tings can be further refined. The number of lines corresponds to the number of carriers.
  • Page 439 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block File ← Carrier Table Calls the "File" menu for selecting the input file with the I/Q signal to be modulated onto the carrier. Remote command: on page 599 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FILE Info ← Carrier Table Indicates the sample rate, number of I/Q value pairs (number of samples), and the resulting signal period of the selected I/Q input file.

  • Page 440: Multi Carrier Continuous Wave

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 1. Load a standardized 3GPP downlink test model, e.g. "Test Model 1_16" and set State to "ON". 2. Create a 3GPP Testmodel ARB file by activating "Generate Waveform File". 3. Setup a multi carrier scenario with 4 carriers and a carrier spacing of 5 MHz.
  • Page 441 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The buttons in the lower part of the menu open dialogs for defining carrier tables and for configuring markers, triggers and clocks. The carrier settings can be visualized in the graphical "Carrier Graph" dialog.
  • Page 442 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Parameter Value Trigger Mode Auto Source Internal Ext. Delay Ext. Inhibit Marker Channel 1...4 Restart Clock Source Internal Multi Channel Setup Start Carrier Stop Carrier State Power 0 dB Power Step...
  • Page 443 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Spacing Sets the spacing between carriers for the Multi Carrier CW signal. The carriers are arranged symmetrically around the HF carrier. The total bandwidth is calculated as follow: Total Bandwidth = ("Number of Carriers" - 1) * "Carrier Spacing"...
  • Page 444 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Desired Crest Factor Enters the desired crest factor. This is only possible when the optimization "Target Crest" has been selected. Remote command: on page 677 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CFACtor Table Setup Assistant The "Table Setup Assistant" section can be used to set a selectable carrier range. The carrier table can be edited in the "Carrier Table"...
  • Page 445 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Phase Step Sets the width of the step with which the phase will be changed from carrier to carrier. The phase that is set with Phase + n* Phase Step must be within the valid value range 0°...
  • Page 446 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:STATe on page 677 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:STATe on page 674 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:POWer on page 676 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:POWer on page 673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:PHASe on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:PHASe Carrier Graph Calls a graphical representation of the chosen carrier configuration.
  • Page 447 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger/Marker/Clock Settings To access this dialog, select "Main Menu > Trigger/Marker". The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - internal or exter- nal - is selected.
  • Page 448 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger In The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - internal or exter- nal - is selected.
  • Page 449 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Running" The modulation signal is generated; a trigger was (internally or exter- nally) initiated in triggered mode. If "Armed_Auto" and "Armed_Retrigger" have been selected, genera- tion of signals can be stopped with the "Arm" button. A new trigger (internally with "Execute Trigger"...
  • Page 450 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "On" Corresponds to the default state of this parameter. The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first sam- ples are cut off and no signal is outputted. After elapsing of the inter- nal processing time, the output signal is synchronous to the trigger event.
  • Page 451 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block In the "Retrigger" mode, every trigger signal causes signal generation to restart. This restart is inhibited for the specified number of samples. This parameter is only available on external triggering.
  • Page 452 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum? on page 688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum? on page 688 Fix marker delay to current range Restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range. In this range the delay can be set without restarting the marker and signal.
  • Page 453 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Global Trigger/Clock Settings Calls the "Global Trigger/Clock/Input Settings" dialog. This dialog is used among other things for setting the trigger threshold, the input impe- dance and the polarity of the clock and trigger inputs.
  • Page 454 ® Instrument Function R&S SMJ100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 455: Remote Control Basics

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols 6 Remote Control Basics This chapter provides basic information on operating an instrument via remote control. 6.1 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols The instrument supports different interfaces for remote control. The following table gives an overview.

  • Page 456: Visa Libraries

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols at the standardization of device-specific commands, error handling and the status reg- isters. The tutorial "Automatic Measurement Control - A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE 488.2" from John M. Pieper (R&S order number 0002.3536.00) offers detailed informa- tion on concepts and definitions of SCPI.

  • Page 457: Lan Interface

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols description of all messages available for the instrument is provided in the chapter "Remote Control Commands". There are different types of instrument messages, depending on the direction they are sent: –...
  • Page 458 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols VISA library Instrument access via VXI-11 protocols is usually achieved from high level program- ming platforms using VISA as an intermediate abstraction layer. VISA encapsulates the low level VXI or GPIB function calls and thus makes the transport interface trans- parent for the user.

  • Page 459: Hislip Protocol

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols 6.1.3.1 HiSLIP Protocol The HiSLIP (High Speed LAN Instrument Protocol) is the successor protocol for VXI-11 for TCP-based instruments specified by the IVI foundation. The protocol uses two TCP sockets for a single connection - one for fast data transfer, the other for non- sequential control commands (e.g.

  • Page 460: Lan Interface Messages

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols Socket connections are established on a specially defined port. The socket address is a combination of the IP address or the host name of the instrument and the number of the port configured for remote-control.

  • Page 461: Gpib Interface Messages

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols ● A wired "OR"-connection is used if several instruments are connected in parallel, since the slowest instrument determines the speed. Any connected IEC bus cable must be terminated by an instrument or controller.

  • Page 462: Gpib Instrument Address

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session Command Effect on the instrument PPC (Parallel Poll Configure) Configures the instrument for parallel poll. SDC (Selected Device Clear) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the command processing software to a defined initial state.

  • Page 463: Switching To Remote Control

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session A remote control program must open a connection to the instrument (using VISA func- tionality), before it can send commands to and receive device responses from the instrument. Instrument Address In order to operate the instrument via remote control it must be addressed using the defined interface address.

  • Page 464: Returning To Manual Operation

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session The instrument remains in the remote state until it is reset to the local state, see Chapter 6.2.2, "Returning to Manual Operation", on page 448). Tip: Switching from manual operation to remote control and vice versa does not affect the other instrument settings.

  • Page 465: Examples

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session ● Select "Setup > Remote Control Channels > Local". ● While using the socket communication, terminate the remote control session. ● Send the interface command &GTL via the remote control interface.

  • Page 466: Remote Control Over Lan Using Vxi-11 Protocol

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session 3. To return to manual operation sent CALL IBLOC (generator%) or press the LOCAL key at the front panel. 6.2.3.2 Remote Control over LAN using VXI-11 Protocol In this example, the I/O software library R&S VISA from Rohde & Schwarz is used to set up a LAN remote control link and remotely control the R&S SMJ.
  • Page 467 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session 3. In the menu bar, select "Choose VISA Implementation > Rohde & Schwarz Visa". 4. Select "Rohde & Schwarz Visa" and confirm with "OK". 5. In the menu bar, select "Find Resource" to search for the instrument in the LAN.
  • Page 468 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session The "Find and select resource" dialog closes and R&S VISA indicates the instru- ments IP address in the "Resource" field of the main application window. 8. As an alternative to the IP address, you can assign an alias name to the R&S SMJ: a) In the menu bar, select "RsVisaConfig".
  • Page 469 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session c) Fill in the "Alias" name, the "VISA Resource String" and the "Device IP Address or host name" as shown in the figure, and confirm with "OK". The "Alias" name is assigned to the instrument.
  • Page 470 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session 2. In the R&S VISA "Basics" tab, enter a SCPI command, e.g. "*IDN?" and confirm with "Query". The instrument is switched to remote control when it receives a command from the controller.

  • Page 471: Remote Control Over Lan Using Socket Communication

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session 7. To enable the LOCAL key, use the command &GTR. 8. To return to manual operation, see Chapter 6.2.2, "Returning to Manual Opera- tion", on page 448. Tip: Switching from manual operation to remote control and vice versa does not affect the other instrument settings.
  • Page 472 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session After the first remote-control command has been sent, the instrument is in the "REMOTE" state, i.e. instrument control from the front panel or via mouse and key- board is disabled and "REMOTE" is displayed in the status line.
  • Page 473 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session #else #include <netinet/in.h> #endif typedef struct sockaddr_in SockAddrStruct; typedef struct hostent HostInfoStruct; class TcpClient public: TcpClient(); ~TcpClient(); void connectToServer( string &hostname, int port ); void disconnect( ); void transmit( string &txString );...
  • Page 474 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session currentHostInfo = gethostbyname( hostname.c_str( ) ); if( currentHostInfo == NULL ) #ifndef LINUX int error = WSAGetLastError(); switch (error) case WSANOTINITIALISED: throw string(" A successful case WSAStartup call must occur before using this function."); break;...
  • Page 475 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session serverAddress.sin_port = htons( currentPort ); memcpy( (char *) &serverAddress.sin_addr.s_addr, currentHostInfo-> h_addr_list[0], currentHostInfo->h_length ); if( connect( currentSocketDescr, ( struct sockaddr *) &serverAddress, sizeof(serverAddress ) ) < 0 ) throw string("can't connect server\n" );...
  • Page 476 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session bool receiving = true; while( receiving ) int receivedByteCount = recv( currentSocketDescr, receiveBuffer, receiveBufferSize, 0 ); if( receivedByteCount < 0 ) throw string("error while receiving data\n"); rxString += string( receiveBuffer );...
  • Page 477 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Starting a Remote Control Session default: printUsage(); getchar(); return(-1); #ifndef LINUX WORD wVersionRequested = MAKEWORD( 2, 2 ); WSADATA wsaData; int err = WSAStartup( wVersionRequested, &wsaData ); if ( err != 0 ) throw string ("Could not find a usable WinSock DLL.");...

  • Page 478: Scpi Command Structure

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure }catch( const string errorString ) cout<<errorString<<endl<<endl; cout<<"Press Enter to exit"<<endl; getchar(); client.disconnect( ); return errorCode; 6.3 SCPI Command Structure SCPI commands consist of a so-called header and, in most cases, one or more param- eters.

  • Page 479: Syntax For Device-Specific Commands

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure 6.3.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following commands for this section: ●...
  • Page 480 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure Example: Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>] Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2 This command refers to the quadrant 2. Different numbering in remote control For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selec- tion used in manual operation.

  • Page 481: Scpi Parameters

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure Special characters Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used. Example: Definition:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait...
  • Page 482 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure Numeric values Numeric values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down. The man- tissa may comprise up to 255 characters, the exponent must lie inside the value range -32000 to 32000.
  • Page 483 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure INFinity, Negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numeric values 9.9E37 or -9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as instrument responses. ● Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a instru- ment response.

  • Page 484: Overview Of Syntax Elements

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure Example: HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1" or HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1' Block data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. A command using a block data parameter has the following structure:...

  • Page 485: Responses To Queries

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A SCPI Command Structure ● a <New Line> ● a <New Line> with EOI ● an EOI together with the last data byte Several commands in a command line must be separated by a semicolon ";". If the next command belongs to a different command system, the semicolon is followed by a colon.

  • Page 486: Command Sequence And Synchronization

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Command Sequence and Synchronization ● Numeric values are output without a unit. Physical quantities are referred to the basic units or to the units set using the Unit command. The response 3.5E9 in the previous example stands for 3.5 GHz.

  • Page 487: Preventing Overlapping Execution

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Command Sequence and Synchronization Example: Commands and queries in one message The response to a query combined in a program message with commands that affect the queried value is not predictable. The following commands always return the specified result: :FREQ:STAR 1GHZ;SPAN 100 :FREQ:STAR?
  • Page 488 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Command Sequence and Synchronization carried out after the hardware has been set. By suitable programming, the controller can be forced to wait for the corresponding action to occur. Table 6-2: Synchronization using *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI...

  • Page 489: Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System 3. Poll the operation complete state periodically (by means of a timer) using the sequence: *OPC; *ESR? A return value (LSB) of 1 indicates that the overlapped command has finished. *OPC? with short timeout 1.
  • Page 490 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System Figure 6-1: Graphical overview of the status registers hierarchy OPER = Operation Status Summary Bit RQS/MSS = Service Request Generation = Standard Event Status Summary Bit = Message Available in Output Queue...

  • Page 491: Structure Of A Scpi Status Register

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System ● Standard Event Status, i.e. the Event status Register (ESR) and the Event Status Enable (ESE), see Chapter 6.5.4, "Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE)", on page 478.
  • Page 492 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System Description of the five status register parts The five parts of a SCPI register have different properties and functions: ● CONDition The CONDition part is written into directly by the hardware or the sum bit of the next lower register.

  • Page 493: Status Byte (Stb) And Service Request Enable Register (Sre)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register. Thus an event can lead to a service request throughout all levels of the hierarchy. 6.5.3 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE) The STatus Byte (STB) is already defined in IEEE 488.2.

  • Page 494: Event Status Register (Esr) And Event Status Enable Register (Ese)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System 6.5.4 Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE) The ESR is defined in IEEE 488.2. It can be compared with the EVENt part of a SCPI register. The event status register can be read out using command *ESR?.

  • Page 495: Operation Status Register (Status:operation)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System Table 6-5: Meaning of the bits used in the questionable status register Bit No. Meaning 0–15 Not used 6.5.6 Operation Status Register (STATus:OPERation) This condition part contains information on the actions currently being performed by the instrument, while the event part contains information on the actions performed by the instrument since the last readout of the register.

  • Page 496: Serial Poll

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A Status Reporting System Example: Use command *OPC to generate an SRQ . *ESE 1 - set bit 0 of ESE (Operation Complete) *SRE 32 - set bit 5 of SRE (ESB). After its settings have been completed, the instrument generates an SRQ.

  • Page 497: Reset Values Of The Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A General Programming Recommendations larly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded there as well. 6.5.8 Reset Values of the Status Reporting System The following table contains the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be reset.
  • Page 498 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMJ100A General Programming Recommendations Reacting to malfunctions The service request is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each controller program should instruct the instrument to initiate a service request in case of malfunction. The program should react appropriately to the service request.

  • Page 499: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Common Commands 7 Remote Control Commands In the following, all remote-control commands will be presented in detail with their parameters and the ranges of numerical values. For an introduction to remote control and the status registers, refer to Chapter 6, "Remote Control...

  • Page 500: Cls

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Common Commands ces. The headers of these commands consist of "*" followed by three letters. Many common commands are related to the Status Reporting System. Available common commands: ..........................484 *CLS ..........................484 *ESE ...........................484 *ESR? ..........................485...

  • Page 501: Idn

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Common Commands Usage: Query only *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification. Return values: <ID> "Rohde&Schwarz,<device type>,<serial number>,<firmware ver- sion>" Example: Rohde&Schwarz,SMJ, 1407.6004k02/000000,3.1.17.1-03.01.158 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Hardware Options / Software Options" on page 134...

  • Page 502: Pre

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Common Commands Manual operation: "Hardware Options / Software Options" on page 134 *PRE <Value> Parallel poll register enable Sets parallel poll enable register to the indicated value. The query returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form.

  • Page 503: Sav

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Common Commands *SAV <Number> Save Stores the current instrument settings under the specified number in an intermediate memory. The settings can be recalled using the command with the associated *RCL number. To transfer the stored instrument settings in a file, use the command :MMEMory: STORe:STATe.

  • Page 504: Preset Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Preset Commands Return values: <ErrorCode> integer > 0 (in decimal format) An error occurred. (For details see the Service Manual supplied with the instru- ment). No errors occurred. Usage: Query only *WAI Wait to continue...
  • Page 505 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Preset Commands :SOURce<hw>:PRESet The command presets all parameters which are related to the selected signal path. Fading (if available) and transient recorder are only preset by command *RST. Example: SOUR:PRES presets all settings that are related to signal path...

  • Page 506: Waveform And List Format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: SYST:FPR all instrument settings (also those that are not currently active) are reset to the factory values. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Factory Preset" on page 152 7.4 Waveform and List Format The R&S SMJ uses a tag-oriented format for externally or internally generated wave-...

  • Page 507: Type: Magic, Xxxxxxxx

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format ....................491 {TYPE: magic, xxxxxxxx} .......................492 {CLOCK: frequency} .......................492 {COMMENT: string} ..................... 493 {COPYRIGHT: string} ..................493 {DATA BITLENGTH: BitLength} .................493 {DATA LIST-Length: #d0d1...dx...dN-1…} ..................494 {DATE: yyyy-mm-dd;hh:mm:ss} ................494 {EMPTYTAG-Length: #EmptySequence} ................

  • Page 508: Clock: Frequency

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format xxxxxxxx Is an ASCII-coded checksum of the data part of the WAVEFORM tag in the file. This value is always 0 for data lists and control lists. The checksum for waveforms is used for detecting transmission errors.

  • Page 509: Copyright: String

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: {COMMENT: File with data for 3GPP enhanced channels} BB:ARB:WAV:TAG? 'COMMENT' queries the content of the COMMENT tag of the selected wave- form file. Response: 'File with data for 3GPP enhanced channels' the comment on the waveform reads "File with data for 3GPP...

  • Page 510: Date: Yyyy-Mm-Dd;Hh:mm:ss

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: DATA LIST-17: #d0d1...dx...d127} 16 bytes containing 128 data bits, first bit is the MS bit of the first byte. Usage: Setting only {DATE: yyyy-mm-dd;hh:mm:ss} (optional) The tag contains the date and time at which the file was created. The year must be expressed as four digits.

  • Page 511: Control Length: Controllength

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: {TYPE:SMU-WV, 837236424} {COPYRIGHT:2003 Rohde&Schwarz SMU} {DATE:2012-07-11;14:38:01} {SAMPLES:80000} {CLOCK:8666666.666666666} {VECTOR MAX:1.000000038569158} {LEVEL OFFS:3.333553817875577e-07,0} {MARKER LIST 1:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 2:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 3:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 4:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {EMPTYTAG-15947:# ...} {WAVEFORM-320017:#IQIQIQ...} The example waveform file contains 436 (0x1b4) bytes before the # sign in the EMPTYTAG;...

  • Page 512: Level Offs: Rmsoffset_Db,Peakoffset_Db

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format To maintain marker signals and waveform data synchronized, set the CONTROL LENGTH to be equal to the number of samples specified with the tag SAMPLES. See also Chapter 7.4.2, "How to Define Periodically Repeating Traces",...

  • Page 513: Samples: Samples

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format {SAMPLES: Samples} (recommended for waveforms) The tag contains the number of I/Q samples in the waveform in ASCII format. On multi-segment waveforms, this tag contains the total I/Q samples of all segments.

  • Page 514: Waveform-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: {MARKER LIST 1: 0:0;10:1;20:0;30:1} BB:DM:CLIS:TAG? 'MARKER LIST 1' Queries the content of the MARKER LIST 1 tag of the selected control list file. Response: '0:0;10:1;20:0;30:1' The marker setting for samples 0 to 9 = 0 (low), for 10 to 19 = 1 (high) and for 20 to 29 = 0.

  • Page 515: Mwv_Segment_Count: Numofseg

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format IxQx IxQx… represents binary data (16-bit signed integer in 2's com- plement notation) containing the I and Q component alternately and starting with the I component. Each component consists of 2 bytes in Little endian format representation, i.e least significant...

  • Page 516: Mwv_Segment_Start

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Example: {MWV_SEGMENT_LENGTH: 100,200} 2 segments: 100 samples in segment 0 and 200 samples in seg- ment 1. Usage: Setting only {MWV_SEGMENT_START: SampleStartOffsetSeg0, SampleStartOffsetSeg1, …, SampleStartOffsetSegN-1} (mandatory for multi-segment waveforms) The tag contains a list of I/Q sample start offsets for every segment in the multi-seg- ment waveform in ASCII integer format.

  • Page 517: Mwv_Segment_Clock: Clockseg0, Clockseg1

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Setting parameters: Mode UNCHANGED The segments may have different clock rates. During the multi segment calculation, the clock rates of all indi- vidual original waveforms were taken over unchanged in the segments of the multi segment output waveform (no software resampling is done).

  • Page 518: Mwv_Segment_Level_Offs

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format {MWV_SEGMENT_LEVEL_OFFS: RMSOffs_dBSg0,PeakOffs_dBSg0, …, RMSOffs_dBSgN-1, PeakOffs_dBSgN-1} (mandatory for multi segment waveforms) The tag contains a list of level pairs in ASCII floating point format, one pair for every segment in the multi segment waveform. The first value of a level pair defines the rms offset and the second value the peak offset relative to the 16-bit full scale modulation (-32767;...

  • Page 519: How To Define Periodically Repeating Traces

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-3: Marker element in 4-bit binary format bit order For standard waveforms the MARKER LIST x tags are a more compact way to define markers, but in prinziple this CONTROL LIST WIDTH4 format can also be used instead of the MARKER LIST x tags.
  • Page 520 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-4: Example: Defining marker traces (CONTROL LENGTH tag is not used) To define a restart marker and a frame start marker, use the following tags: 1. The waveform is 300 samples long, i.e. set {SAMPLES: 300}.

  • Page 521: How To Manually Create A Waveform Using Tag File Format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format 7.4.3 How to Manually Create a Waveform Using Tag File Format The provided example uses a sine function in the I channel and a cosine function in the Q channel, each with 20 points. The example uses a short program written in the pro- gramming language C to calculate the sine and cosine values (see Example "C-pro-...
  • Page 522 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-7: Contents of SICO.txt: first column Sine (I), second column Cosine (Q) 2. Convert the values from the file SICO.txt into binary format consisting of 16-bit signed integer numbers. The numeric range between –1.0 and +1.0 corresponds to the modulation range of the waveform 16-bit D/A converter of -32767 to +32767.
  • Page 523 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-8: I and Q values calculation and conversion 3. Use an ASCII editor which is able to handle binary data. Create and add the follow- ing mandatory tags before this binary data set can be further processed: ●...
  • Page 524 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Note: There is no readable representation for binary values in this document. This is why we use the sequence I0Q0I1Q1...InQn to characterize the binary code in the present example. The following figure shows this waveform in a data editor.

  • Page 525: Creating An Ascii C-List Manually

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format // SICO.wv // Generating a binary data set from the I/Q pairs in the file SICO.txt // and storing the result to file SICO.wv FILE *fp_sour, *fp_dest; float i_float, q_float;...
  • Page 526 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-9: Representation in the C-List Editor Example: C-List ASCII File C-List in ASCII format, corresponding to C-List editor Figure 7-9: {TYPE:SMU-CL}{COPYRIGHT:2003 Rohde&Schwarz SMU}{DATE:2011-07-19;14:58:44} {HOP LIST:0:0;498:1;506:0}{CW MODE LIST:0:0;380:1}{LEVATT LIST 1:0:0;464:1} {BURST LIST:0:0;122:1;270:0;582:1;924:0}...

  • Page 527: Editing Waveform Files, Data And Control Lists

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems ● The [state: start time] pairs in turn are separated by semicolons ";". ● The list state can be either 0 or 1. ● The time unit is the simple period.
  • Page 528 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems ....................515 :BLER:SETup:DENable ....................515 :BERT:SETup:DENable .....................516 :BERT:SETup:IGNore ....................517 :BLER:SETup:MCOunt ....................517 :BERT:SETup:MCOunt ....................517 :BLER:SETup:MERRor ....................517 :BERT:SETup:MERRor ..................517 :BERT:SETup:RESTart[:STATe] .......................518 :BERT:SETup:TYPE .......................518 :BLER:SETup:TYPE ....................518 :BLER:SETup:TIMeout ....................518 :BERT:SETup:TIMeout ........................
  • Page 529 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Return values: <Result> string <data bits/data blocks> Numer of checked data bits/data blocks <errors> Number of error bits/errors <error rate> If no termination criterion has been reached since the beginning of the measurement, the current quotient of "Number of error...
  • Page 530 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:SEQuence <Sequence> :BERT:SEQuence <Sequence> Selects the type of measurement: single or continuous measurement. These commands are automatically set to AUTO by BERT:STARt or BLER:STARt. Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | SINGle AUTO Continuous measurement.

  • Page 531: Bler:setup:denable

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:SETup:CORDer <COrder> Sets the byte order of the checksum (CRC). Parameters: <COrder> LSB | MSB The checksum starts with the least significant byte. The checksum starts with the most significant byte.

  • Page 532: Bert:setup:ignore

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Parameters: <DEnable> OFF | LOW | HIGH Any signal at the Data Enable input is ignored; all data at the BERT data input is used for the measurement. HIGH The Data Enable signal is used. The only data measured is the data at the BERT data input during a high level of the Data Enable signal.

  • Page 533: Bler:setup:mcount

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:SETup:MCOunt <MCount> :BERT:SETup:MCOunt <MCount> Enters the number of transmitted data bits/data blocks to be checked before the mea- surement is terminated. With a BER measurement, data that was suppressed by BERT:SETup:DENable is not counted.

  • Page 534: Bert:setup:type

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Manual operation: "External Restart" on page 191 :BERT:SETup:TYPE <Type> Selects the PRBS sequence. The data generated by the PRBS generator is used as a reference for the measurement. Parameters: <Type>...

  • Page 535: Bler:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Example: BERT:STAR starts a continuous measurement. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Mode" on page 189 :BLER:STATe <State> :BERT:STATe <State> Switches the measurement on/off. Depending on the selected mode, either a continu- ous measurement (BERT|BLER:SEQ AUTO) or a single measurement (BERT|BLER:SEQ SING) is carried out.

  • Page 536: Bler:unit

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:UNIT <Unit> :BERT:UNIT <Unit> Sets the unit for the error rate display on the screen. BERT|BLER:RES always speci- fies the error rate as the quotient of "Number of errors" and "Number of data items", unaffected by this command.

  • Page 537: Calibration Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A CALibration Subsystem Parameters: <Threshold> float Range: 0.01 to 2 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Volt Example: INP:BERT:THR 1 V A high/low threshold of 1 volt is set at the BERT inputs. The sig- nal is high (active) for a signal voltage of 1 volt and higher.

  • Page 538: Calibration:Fmoffset[:Measure]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A CALibration Subsystem Return values: <Measure> select Example: CAL:ALL:MEAS? starts the adjustment of all functions for the entire instrument. Response: "0" adjustment has been performed successfully. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Adjust All" on page 131 :CALibration<hw>:FMOFfset[:MEASure]?

  • Page 539: Calibration:Iqmodulator:local

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A CALibration Subsystem Example: CAL:IQM:FULL? starts adjustments for the I/Q modulator across the entire fre- quency range. Response: "0" adjustment has been performed successfully Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Adjust I/Q Modulator Full Range" on page 132 :CALibration<hw>:IQModulator:LOCal?

  • Page 540: Clock Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A CLOCk Subsystem Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CAL:LEV:STAT switches on level correction. Manual operation: "Use ext. Level Correction Data" on page 132 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel:HACCuracy[:STATe] <State> Enables/disables level adjustment with high accuracy. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 541 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A CLOCk Subsystem Return values: <Frequency> float Range: 0 to max Increment: 0.001 *RST: Example: CLOC:INP:FREQ? queries the measured frequency of the external clock reference. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Measured External Clock" on page 367 :CLOCk:INPut:SLOPe <Slope>...

  • Page 542: Diagnostic Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A DIAGnostic Subsystem Example: CLOC:OUTP:SOUR queries the path for which the clock signal at the CLOCK OUT connector is to be output. Response: A The clock signal of path is output at the CLOCK OUT connector.
  • Page 543 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A DIAGnostic Subsystem Manual operation: "Assembly" on page 133 :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo:CATalog? Queries the names of the assemblies available in the instrument. Return values: <Catalog> string A complete list of all assemblies is returned (the various entries are separated by commas).

  • Page 544: Display Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A DISPlay Subsystem 7.9 DISPlay Subsystem The DISPlay subsystem contains the commands to set the power-save mode of the instrument..................528 :DISPlay:ANNotation:AMPLitude ..................528 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ....................528 :DISPlay:ANNotation[:ALL] ....................529 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe ..................529 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe:ALL ...................... 529 :DISPlay:DIALog:ID? ....................529...
  • Page 545 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A DISPlay Subsystem Example: DISP:ANN:AMPL ON shows asterisks instead of frequency and level values. :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe <DialogId> Closes the specified dialog. To determine the dialog identifier, use command DISPlay:DIALog:ID?. Setting parameters: <DialogId> string Example: DISP:DIAL:CLOS "<dialog ID>"...

  • Page 546: Format Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A FORMat Subsystem :DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff <HoldoffTimeMin> Sets the waiting time for the screen-save mode of the display. Parameters: <HoldoffTimeMin> integer Range: 1 to 60 *RST: Default unit: minute Example: DISP:PSAV:HOLD 8 sets the timeout of the screen saver to 8 minutes.
  • Page 547 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A FORMat Subsystem return a list of numerical data or block data. Reference is made to this in the descrip- tions of the commands......................531 :FORMat:BORDer ......................531 :FORMat[:DATA] .......................532 :FORMat:SREGister :FORMat:BORDer <Border> Determines the sequence of bytes within a binary block. This only affects blocks which use the IEEE754 format internally.

  • Page 548: Hcopy Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem :FORMat:SREGister <Format> Determines the numerical format which is returned when the status registers are quer- ied. Parameters: <Format> ASCii | BINary | HEXadecimal | OCTal ASCii The register content is returned as a decimal number.

  • Page 549: Hcopy:device:language

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem ......................539 :HCOPy:REGion ..................540 :HCOPy:PRINter:COLor[:STATe] ....................540 :HCOPy:PRINter:LIST? ....................540 :HCOPy:PRINter[:NAME] ................... 540 :HCOPy:PRINter:PAGE:MARGins ................541 :HCOPy:PRINter:PAGE:ORIentation ..................541 :HCOPy:PRINter:PAGE:SIZE ..................541 :HCOPy:PRINter:PAGE:UNIT :HCOPy:DATA? The commands transfers the hardcopy data directly as a NByte stream to the remote client.

  • Page 550: Hcopy:file[:Name]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem Example: HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP selects bitmap as image format. HCOP:FILE 'E:\HCopy' defines the directory, path and file name for storing the hard- copy. HCOP triggers the hardcopy generation. Manual operation: "File Options" on page 155 :HCOPy[:EXECute] Triggers the generation of a hardcopy.

  • Page 551: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto:directory

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory <Directory> Sets the directory into which the hardcopy files will be stored if auto naming is activa- ted (HCOP:FILE:AUTO:STAT ON).The directory will be created if it does not exist yet. Parameters: <Directory>...

  • Page 552: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto[:File]:Day

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem Example: HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP selects output format *.bmp. HCOP:FILE:AUTO:DIR 'E:\' defines the destination directory 'E:\' HCOP:FILE:AUTO:PREF 'gen' the file name starts with the prefix 'gen'. The usage of automatic naming with prefix and date in the file name is preset (…:STAT ON).

  • Page 553: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto[:File]:Month

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh? Queries the month in the date part in the automatic file name. Return values: <Month> integer Range: 1 to 12 *RST: Example: HCOP:FILE:AUTO:MONT? queries the month in the date part in the automatic file name.

  • Page 554: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto[:File]:Prefix

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:PREFix <Prefix> Sets the prefix part in the automatic file name. The usage of the prefix is activated with command HCOP:FILE:AUTO:PREF:STAT ON. Parameters: <Prefix> string *RST: HCopy Example: HCOP:FILE:AUTO:PREF 'Snapshot' appends "Snapshot" as prefix to the generated file name.

  • Page 555: Hcopy:image:format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem Manual operation: "File Options" on page 155 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe <State> Activates/deactivates automatic naming of the hardcopy files. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: HCOP:FILE:AUTO:STAT OFF deactivates automatic naming.
  • Page 556 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem Example: HCOP:REG DIAL Manual operation: "File Options" on page 155 :HCOPy:PRINter:COLor[:STATe] <State> Defines whether the hardcopy is printed in color or grayscale. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON prints in color.
  • Page 557 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A HCOPy Subsystem <Bottom> float Range: 0 to 356 Increment: 0.01 *RST: <Left> float Range: 0 to 356 Increment: 0.01 *RST: <Right> float Range: 0 to 356 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: HCOP:PRIN:PAGE:UNIT IN sets the physical unit for the page layout values to inches.

  • Page 558: Kboard Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A KBOard Subsystem Parameters: <Unit> CM | IN *RST: Example: HCOP:PRIN:PAGE:UNIT IN selects unit inch. 7.12 KBOard Subsystem The KBOard system contains the commands to set the external keyboard......................542 :KBOard:LANGuage ......................542 :KBOard:LAYout :KBOard:LANGuage <Language>...

  • Page 559: Mmemory Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem 7.13 MMEMory Subsystem The MMEMory subsystem (Mass Memory) contains the commands for managing files and directories as well as for loading and storing complete instrument settings in files. The various drives can be selected using the "mass storage unit specifier " <msus>.

  • Page 560: Extensions For User Files

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem Depending on how much information is provided, either the values specified in the parameter or the values specified with the commands MMEM:MSIS (default drive) and MMEM:CDIR (default directory) are used for the path and the drive settings in the com- mands.
  • Page 561 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard "GSM/EDGE" Settings GSM/EDGE settings *.gsm Slot User-defined slot data *.gsm_slu Frame User-defined frame data *.gsm_fu Slot Higher symbol rate slot *.gsm_hslu Frame Higher symbol rate frame *.gsm_hfu...

  • Page 562: Examples

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard Settings GPS UTC File *.rs_utc *.rs_acq "FM-Stereo" Settings Complete setting of the FM-Stereo menu *.fmstereo Settings FM-Stereo Group Type Settings *.fm_gt Settings FM-Stereo Group Hex Type Settings *.fm_ghex...

  • Page 563: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem *RCL 4 Working with Files and Directories 1. Read out all files in the specified directory. MMEM:CAT? 'E:\user' Response: 127145265,175325184,"test,DIR,0","temp,DIR,0", "readme.txt,ASC,1324","state.savrcl,STAT,5327", "waveform.wv,BIN,2342" the directory E:\user contains the subdirectories test and temp as well as the files readme.txt, state.savrcl and waveform.wv which have different file...

  • Page 564: Mmemory:catalog

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem ....................552 :MMEMory:MDIRectory ......................552 :MMEMory:MOVE ......................553 :MMEMory:MSIS ....................553 :MMEMory:RDIRectory ....................553 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe :MMEMory:CATalog? <path> Returns the content of a particular directory. Query parameters: <path> string String parameter to specify the directory. If you leave out the path, the command returns the contents of the directory selected with :MMEMory:CDIRectory.

  • Page 565: Mmemory:cdirectory

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem Usage: Query only :MMEMory:CDIRectory <Directory> Changes the default directory for mass memory storage. The directory is used for all subsequent MMEM commands if no path is specified with them. Parameters: <Directory> <directory_name>...

  • Page 566: Mmemory:dcatalog

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem The query command transfers the specified file from the instrument to the GPIB-bus and then on to the controller. It is important to ensure that the intermediate memory on the controller is large enough to take the file. The setting for the GPIB-bus terminator is irrelevant.

  • Page 567: Mmemory:dcatalog:length

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem :MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? [<Path>] Returns the number of subdirectories in the current or specified directory. Query parameters: <Path> String parameter to specify the directory. If the directory is omit- ted, the command queries the contents of the current directory, to be queried with command.

  • Page 568: Mmemory:load:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A MMEMory Subsystem :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <SavRclStateNumb>, <file_name> Loads the specified file stored under the specified name in an internal memory. After the file has been loaded, the instrument setting must be activated using an *RCL command.

  • Page 569: Output Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A OUTPut Subsystem :MMEMory:MSIS <Msis> Defines the drive or network resource (in the case of networks) for instruments with windows operating system, using msis (MSIS = Mass Storage Identification String). This setting applies to all MMEMory commands that do not explicitly specify the drive.

  • Page 570: Output:Afixed:range:lower

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A OUTPut Subsystem The properties of the LF output connector are set in the SOURce:LFOutput Subsystem system................554 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer? ................554 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer? ....................555 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe .................. 555 :OUTPut<hw>:BLANk:LIST:STATe ....................555 :OUTPut:BLANk:POLarity .....................555 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance? ................... 556 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar...

  • Page 571: Output:Amode

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A OUTPut Subsystem :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe <AMode> Selects the mode of the attenuator at the RF output (Attenuator MODe). Parameters: <AMode> AUTO | FIXed AUTO The electronically switching attenuator switches with a 5 dB step width at fixed switching points.

  • Page 572: Output:Protection:clear

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A OUTPut Subsystem Return values: <Impedance> G1K | G50 | G10K *RST: Default unit: Ohm Example: OUTP:IMP queries the impedance of RF output. Response: 50 the impedance is 50 ohms Usage: Query only :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar Resets the protective circuit after it has been tripped. The state of the output is again determined by OUTPut:STATe.

  • Page 573: Output[:State]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A OUTPut Subsystem Example: OUTP:PROT:TRIP Queries the state of the protective circuit for RF output A. Response: 0 The protective circuit has not tripped. Response: 1 The protective circuit has tripped. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Overload"...

  • Page 574: Sense, Read And Initiate Subsystems

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems The general purpose input (GPINput) is available for USER interfaces 1 and 2 only. Parameters: <Source> AMARk4 | BMARk4 | ACW | BCW | ABLank | BBLank | AHOP |...

  • Page 575: Sense[:Power]:Aperture:default:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems ..................565 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet ................565 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet:STATe ..................565 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SNUMber? ..................566 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce ................. 566 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:STATus[:DEVice]? ..................566 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SVERsion? ..................567 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE? ..................567 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:ZERO ....................567 :SENSe<ch>:UNIT[:POWer] :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:DEFault:STATe <UseDefAp> Deactivates the default aperture time of the respective sensor.

  • Page 576: Read[:Power]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <Continuous> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: INIT:CONT ON switches local state of continuous power measurement on. Manual operation: "State" on page 235 :READ<ch>[:POWer]? The command triggers the measurement with power sensors and provides the power measurement result of the selected power sensor.

  • Page 577: Sense[:Power]:Display:permanent:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SENS:POW:CORR:SPD:STAT ON activates the use of the s-parameters correction data of power sensor 1. Manual operation: "Use SParameter - Power Sensors"...

  • Page 578: Sense[:Power]:Filter:length[:User]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Example: SENS1:FILT:TYPE AUTO selects auto filter mode for the power sensor connected to the SENSOR connector. SENS1:FILT:LENG:AUTO? queries the automatically set filter length. Response: 1024 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Filter Length"...

  • Page 579: Sense[:Power]:Filter:nsratio:mtime

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio:MTIMe <MTime> The command defines the timeout for fixed noise filter mode (:SENSe<[1]...3>:POWer:FILTer:TYPE NSRatio). This value ensures limited settling times. Parameters: <MTime> float Range: 1 to 999.99 Increment: 0.01...

  • Page 580: Sense[:Power]:Logging:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <Type> AUTO | USER | NSRatio AUTO The filter length is automatically selected depending on the mea- sured value. For high values, a short filter length is selected and for low values a long filter length is selected.
  • Page 581 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Example: SENS:SOUR USER selects user-defined source. SENS:FREQ 2.44 GHz enters the RF frequency of the source which is 2.44 GHz. Manual operation: "Frequency" on page 237 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet <Offset> The command enters a level offset which is added to the measured level value after activation with command SENSe[:POWer]:OFFSet:STATe ON.
  • Page 582 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce <Source> The command selects the signal source for the measurement. Parameters: <Source> A | B | USER | RF *RST: Example: SENS:SOUR A selects the RF signal as measurement source. The RF fre- quency is used as the measurement frequency of the sensor and the corresponding correction factor is used.
  • Page 583 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE? The command queries the type of sensor. The type is automatically detected. Return values: <Type> string Example: SENS:TYPE? queries the type of sensor connected to the POWER SENSOR connector.

  • Page 584: Source Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16 SOURce Subsystem The SOURce subsystem contains the commands for configuring the digital and analog signals. SOURce<hw> For one-path instruments, the keyword SOURce is optional and can be omitted. ● SOURce:AM Subsystem..................568 ●...
  • Page 585 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem The returned value reports the sensitivity in V/100%. Return values: <Sensitivity> float Increment: 0.01 Example: AM:BBAN:SENS? queries the input sensitivity for the BB-AM modulation signal at the I IN input. Response: 0.25 the input sensitivity is 0.25 V / 100 % depth...
  • Page 586 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Coupling> AC | DC Uses only the AC signal component of the modulation signal. Uses the modulation signal as it is, with AC and DC. *RST: Example: AM:EXT:COUP AC selects the coupling mode AC for external amplitude modulation.

  • Page 587: Source:awgn Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:SOURce <Source> Selects the modulation signal source for amplitude modulation. You can use both, the internal and an external modulation signal at a time. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT INTernal Uses the internally generated signal for modulation.
  • Page 588 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ..............575 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:FREQuency:TARGet ..................576 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:MODE .................576 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:CARRier ................577 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:MODE ................577 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe ..............578 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe:TOTal? ................578 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:RMODe ................579 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM? ..............579 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM:PEP? ..................579 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BRATe <BRate> Sets the bit rate which is used for calculation of bit energy to noise power ratio from carrier/noise ratio for Digital Standard signals.
  • Page 589 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth:NOISe? This command is available for modes In Additive Noise and Noise Only (SOUR:AWGN: MODE ADD|ONLY) modes, queries the real noise bandwidth. Return values: <Noise> float Range: 0 to 200E6 Increment: 100...
  • Page 590 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: AWGN:CNR 10 sets a carrier/noise ratio of 10 dB. Manual operation: "Carrier/Noise Ratio / Signal/Noise Ratio" on page 298 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:MODE <Mode> Selects the display mode to Bseband or RF. Parameters: <Mode>...
  • Page 591 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem the carrier power is adjusted to the set E ratio and the noise power is kept con- stant. For Digital Standard signals, the bit rate used for calculation of E value from C/N value is defined with command SOUR:AWGN:BRAT.
  • Page 592 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: AWGN:FREQ:TARG 2kHz sets a frequency of 2 kHz for the interfering sine. Manual operation: "Target CW Frequency - AWGN" on page 296 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode for generating the interfering signal.
  • Page 593 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:MODE <Mode> In Additive Noise (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD) mode, selects the mode for setting the noise power. Parameters: <Mode> CN | SN | EN CN|SN The noise power is set on the basis of the value entered for the carrier/noise or signal/noise ratio (SOURce:AWGN:CNRatio|SNRatio).
  • Page 594 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Noise Power (System Bandwidth) / Interferer Power" on page 299 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe:TOTal? In Additive Noise and CW Interferer (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD|CW) modes, queries the noise power in the total bandwidth. Tip: Use the command to define the ana- [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:ORESults...
  • Page 595 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM? In Additive Noise and CW Interferer (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD|CW) modes, queries the overall power of the noise signal plus useful signal. Tip: Use the command to define the ana- [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:ORESults log or digital signal path before.

  • Page 596: Source:bb Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOURce:AWGN:STATe ON Manual operation: "State - AWGN" on page 295 7.16.3 SOURce:BB Subsystem This subsystem contains all commands for digital signal generation. It is divided into several subsystems which are described separately.
  • Page 597 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ● Test Signals Settings.................... 593 ● SOURce:BB:ARB:MCAR Subsystem..............596 ● SOURce:BB:ARB:WAV Subsystem..............611 ● SOURce:BB:ARB:WSEG Subsystem..............618 Common Settings ................581 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:PRESet ................581 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:PRESet Sets all ARB generator parameters to their default values.
  • Page 598 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem In the case of an external clock source (selection ARB:CLOCk:SOURce EXTernal) the clock for the external source must be entered with this command. Parameters: <Clock> float Increment: 0.001 Example: BB:ARB:CLOC:SOUR INT selects the internal clock source for generating waveforms.
  • Page 599 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SOURce <Source> The command selects the source for the digital modulation clock. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | AINTernal INTernal The internal clock reference is used. EXTernal The external clock reference is supplied to the connector.
  • Page 600 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:SOUR INT sets internal triggering. BB:ARB:TRIG:SEQ ARET sets Armed_Retrigger mode, i.e. every trigger event causes waveform output to restart. BB:ARB:TRIG:EXEC executes a trigger, waveform output is started. BB:ARB:TRIG:ARM:EXEC waveform output is stopped.
  • Page 601 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Output> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first samples are cut off and no signal is outputted. After elapsing of the internal processing time, the output signal is syn- chronous to the trigger event.
  • Page 602 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to depends on other values Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: Symbol Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP2:DEL 16 sets a delay for the signal on connector MARKER 2. Manual operation: "Marker x Delay"...
  • Page 603 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:SOUR EXT sets external triggering BB:ARB:TRIG:MODE ARET selects the Armed_Retrigger mode. BB:ARB:TRIG:RMOD? queries the current status of waveform output. Response: RUN the waveform is output, an external trigger was executed. Usage:...
  • Page 604 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:SEQ SING sets trigger mode Single. BB:ARB:TRIG:SLUN SEQ sets unit Sequence length for the entry of sequence length. BB:ARB:TRIG:SLEN 2 sets a sequence length of 2 waveforms. The current waveforms will be output twice after the next trigger event.
  • Page 605 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:DELay <Delay> The command specifies the trigger delay (expressed as a number of samples) for external triggering. Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to depends on other values Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: sample...
  • Page 606 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Inhibit> integer Range: 0 to 67108863 *RST: Default unit: sample Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB:ARB:TRIG:INH 200 sets a restart inhibit for 200 samples following a trigger event. Manual operation: "Trigger Inhibit"...
  • Page 607 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Marker Settings ..........591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE ......... 591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime ...........591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime ..........592 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern .........592 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider ......593 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE <Mode> The command defines the signal for the selected marker output. Parameters: <Mode> UNCHanged | RESTart | PULSe | PATTern | RATio...
  • Page 608 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <OnTime> integer Range: 1 to 14913079 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP2:ONT 20 sets an ON time of 20 samples for marker 2 Manual operation: "Marker Mode" on page 388 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern <Pattern> The command defines the bit pattern used to generate the marker signal in the setting SOURce:BB:ARB:TRIGger:OUTPut:MODE PATTern 0 is marker off, 1 is marker on.
  • Page 609 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? The command queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal in the setting SOURce:BB:ARB:TRIGger:OUTPut:MODE PULSe. The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider. The divider is defined with com- mand :BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP:PULS:DIV.
  • Page 610 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Generate Signal RAM (Sine Test Signal)" on page 392 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate:NAMed <Filename> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:CREate:NAMed <Filename> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:CREate:NAMed <Filename> Generates a signal and saves it to a waveform file. Setting parameters: <Filename> string Example:...
  • Page 611 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets the frequency of the test signal. Parameters: <Frequency> float Range: 100 to depends on hardware Increment: 0.01 *RST: 1000 Example: SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:FREQuency 100 kHz sets the frequency of the test signal of 100 kHz.
  • Page 612 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> float Range: 100 to depends on hardware Increment: 0.01 *RST: 1000 Default unit: Hz Example: BB:ARB:TSIG:SINE:FREQ 100 kHz sets a sine signal of 100 kHz. Manual operation: "Frequency (Sine Test Signal)"...
  • Page 613 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Section Chapter 7.4, "Waveform and List Format", on page 490 describes the ARB waveform format and how it is used to transmit waveforms via the IEC bus. CARRier<ch> The numerical suffix under CARRier distinguish between the carriers. The value range is 0 ..
  • Page 614 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Count> integer Range: 1 to 512 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR:COUN 10 sets 10 carriers for the multi carrier waveform. Manual operation: "Number of Carriers" on page 414 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:MODE <Mode> The command sets the carrier frequency mode.
  • Page 615 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Spacing> float Range: 0.0 to 120E6 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Hz Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR:SPAC 10 MHz sets a carrier spacing of 10 MHz. Manual operation: "Carrier Spacing" on page 414 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:CONFlict? Queries carrier conflicts.
  • Page 616 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR15:FILE "D:\user\IQ_wcdma" selects file IQ_wcdma. The data of the file is modulated onto carrier 15. Manual operation: "File" on page 423 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets or indicates the carrier frequency, depending on the selected carrier frequency mode.
  • Page 617 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Power> float Range: -80 to 0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR15:POW -50 dB sets the power of carrier 15 to -50 dB. Manual operation: "Gain" on page 422 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:POWer:REFerence <Reference>...
  • Page 618 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> OFF | MIN | MAX There is no automatic setting for minimizing or maximizing the crest factor. The Phase setting (command BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR:PHAS) is in use. The crest factor is minimized by internally calculating optimized carrier phases.
  • Page 619 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem When the cut off frequency is set as half of the output sample rate, a final lowpass filter improves the spectrum of the clipped multicarrier signal, but may also increase the resulting crest factor.
  • Page 620 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:MCAR:OFIL 'mcar1_2' defines the file name mcar1_2.wv for the multi carrier wave- form. BB:ARB:MCAR:CLO creates multi carrier waveform mcar1_2.wv. The new multi carrier waveform is loaded and digital standard "ARB"...
  • Page 621 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay:STEP <Step> The command sets the step width by which the start delays of the carriers in the defined carrier range will be incremented. Parameters: <Step> float Range: -1 to 1 Increment: 1E-9...
  • Page 622 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:STAR 4 the carrier range starts at carrier 2. BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:STOP 20 the carrier range stops at carrier 20. BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:STAT ON sets all the carriers in the carrier range (2 to 20) to ON.
  • Page 623 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe[:STARt] <Start> The command sets the start phase for the individual carriers in the defined carrier range. If the command :BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:PHAS:STEP is used to define a step width, the phase entered here applies only to the starting carrier. The phases of the remaining carriers are stepped up or down by the phase value specified in the :BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:PHAS:STEP command.
  • Page 624 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Range: -80 to 0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:POW -50 dB sets the power of the carriers in the carrier range to -50 dB. Manual operation: "Gain Start"...
  • Page 625 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR "D:\user\waveform" sets the default directory. BB:ARB:MCAR:OFIL 'mcar1_2' defines the file name mcar1_2.wv for the multi carrier wave- form file Manual operation: "File" on page 418 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:PRESet Sets all ARB multi carrier parameters to their default values.
  • Page 626 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall Frame" on page 412 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:LOAD <Filename> Loads the settings file. If a settings file with the specified name does not yet exist, it is created. The file extension may be omitted. Only files with the file extension *.arb_multcarr will be loaded or created.
  • Page 627 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:TIME <Time> Sets the user-defined signal period. This setting is only possible for Signal Period Mode User (BB:ARB:MCAR:TIME:MODE USER). Parameters: <Time> float Range: 0 to 1E9 Increment: 1E-9 *RST: Default unit: s...
  • Page 628 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ............612 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog? ..........612 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog:LENGth? ..................613 :MMEMory:DATA:UNPRotected .............614 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CLOCk ...............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA .............616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DELete ............. 616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:FREE? ........616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:HDDStreaming:BLEVel? ........617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:HDDStreaming:STATe ............617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:POINts? ............. 617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:SELect ............... 618 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:TAG? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog? Reads out the files in the default directory.
  • Page 629 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WAV:CAT? reads out all the files in the default directory. Response: sin1, wave the directory contains the waveform files sin1.wv and wave.wv. BB:ARB:WAV:CAT:LEN? Response: 2...
  • Page 630 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Setting parameters: <Data> block data I/Q data or marker binary data, where the number of marker ele- ments should be equal to the number of I/Q samples I0Q0..IxQx…IN-1QN-1 IxQx… represents binary data (16-bit signed integer in 2's com- plement notation) containing the I and Q component alternately and starting with the I component.
  • Page 631 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA <Filename>, <Data> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA? <Tag> The setting command writes the binary block data <data> to the file identified by <filename>. The complete content of the waveform file is transmitted as a binary data block.
  • Page 632 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DELete <Filename> Deletes the specified waveform file. If the file is not on the default path, the path must be specified at the same time. The file extension may be omitted. Only files with the file extension *.wv will be deleted.
  • Page 633 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Streaming Buffer" on page 376 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:HDDStreaming:STATe <State> Enables/disables the streaming of modulation data direct form the hard drive (HDD). HDD streaming is recommended for processing of large files that require more ARB memory than the currently installed one.
  • Page 634 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:TAG? Queries the content of the specified tag of the waveform file, selected with the com- mand [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:SELect. See also Chapter 7.4, "Waveform and List Format", on page 490. Return values: <Tag>...
  • Page 635 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <WSegment> integer Range: 0 to 1023 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:WSEG? queries the currently output segment. Response 2 segment 2 is currently output. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Current Segment" on page 382 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CLOad <FilenameInput>...
  • Page 636 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:BLANk:APPend <SampCount>, <Frequency> Adds a blank segment to the multi segment file. Setting parameters: <SampCount> float Specifies the number of samples. Range: 512 to 1E7 Increment: 1 *RST: 1000 <Frequency> float Determines the clock rate.
  • Page 637 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Clock> float Increment: 1E-3 *RST: max SampleRate Example: BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:CLOC:MODE USER selects Clock Mode User. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:CLOC 50MHz defines a clock rate of 50 MHz. Manual operation: "User Clock Rate" on page 404 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CLOCk:MODE <Mode>...
  • Page 638 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:DELete <Filename> Deletes the configuration file. The configuration files are used to create multi segment waveform files. Setting parameters: <Filename> string Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:DEL 'multi1' deletes configuration file multi1.inf_mswv.
  • Page 639 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> OFF | MRK1 | MRK2 | MRK3 | MRK4 No additional marker is generated. MRK1|MRK2|MRK3|MRK4 Generates a restart marker signal at the beginning of each seg- ment for the corresponding marker.
  • Page 640 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> IGNore | TAKE IGNore The marker information carried in the individual segment wave- form files is not considered. TAKE The output waveform file contains the marker information as configured in the individual waveform files.
  • Page 641 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Append" on page 402 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SEGMent:CATalog? Queries the segments of the currently selected configuration file. Return values: <Catalog> string Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEL 'multi_sin' selects the configuration file multi_sin.inf_mswv .
  • Page 642 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\' sets the default directory BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEL 'new' creates the configuration file new.inf_mswv in the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEGM:APP 'arb1.wv' 'includes waveform arb1.wv as segment 1 in the configuration file. The waveform must be available in the default directory.
  • Page 643 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:NEXT 2 selects segment 2 to be output. BB:ARB:TRIG:SMOD NEXT selects extended trigger mode next, i.e. the segment specified with command :BB:ARB:WSEG:NEXT will be output.
  • Page 644 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:APPend <State>, <Segment>, <Count>, <Next> Appends a new segment to the selected sequencing play list. Setting parameters: <State> ON | OFF activates/deactivates the appended segment *RST: <Segment> integer indicates the number of the segment as in the multi segment...

  • Page 645: Source:bb:dm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.3.3 SOURce:BB:DM Subsystem The commands in the SOURce:BB:DM subsystem are described in two sections, sepa- rated into configuring digital modulation and lists for digital modulation. DM General Remote-Control Commands The following section contains the commands for generating the digital modulation sig- nal.
  • Page 646 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Length> 9 | 11 | 15 | 16 | 20 | 21 | 23 | PN9 | PN11 | PN15 | PN16 | PN20 | PN21 | PN23 *RST: Example: BB:DM:SOUR PRBS The internal pseudo-random generator is used as the data source.
  • Page 647 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> ZERO | ONE | PRBS | PATTern | DLISt | SERial | PARallel ZERO An internally generated 0 data sequence is used. An internally generated 1 data sequence is used.
  • Page 648 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Symbol Rate" on page 345 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard <Standard> Selects the standard. After selection, modulation parameters "Modulation Type" (:BB:DM:FORMat), "Symbol Rate" (:BB:DM:SRATe), "Filter" (:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE and :BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:...) and "Coding" (:BB:DM:CODing) are auto- matically set in accordance with the standard.
  • Page 649 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal INTernal The CW signal in the control list is used for the control. The internal signal can be output on one of the user interfaces. EXTernal The control signal on the CW pin of the AUX I/Q connector is used.
  • Page 650 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:CLOC:MODE SYMB selects clock type Symbols, i.e. the supplied clock is a symbol clock. Manual operation: "Clock Mode" on page 366 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:MULTiplier <Multiplier> The command specifies the multiplier for clock type Multiple Symbols (BB:DM:CLOCk: MODE MSYM) in the case of an external clock source.
  • Page 651 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Trigger Settings The numeric suffix to OUTPut distinguishes between the available markers............... 635 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute ..............635 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXECute ........636 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut ............636 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed ............637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay ........637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum? ........637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum? ..............638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:RMODe?
  • Page 652 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:TRIG:SOUR INT sets internal triggering. BB:DM:TRIG:SEQ RETR sets Retrigger mode, i.e. every trigger event causes signal gen- eration to restart. BB:DM:TRIG:EXEC executes a trigger. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Trigger" on page 351 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut <Output>...
  • Page 653 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Fixed> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:DM:TRIG:OUTP:DEL:FIX ON restricts the marker signal delay setting range to the dynamic range. Manual operation: "Marker x Delay" on page 365 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay <Delay>...
  • Page 654 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:RMODe? Queries the status of signal generation for all trigger modes with digital modulation on. Return values: <RMode> STOP | RUN The signal is generated. A trigger event occurred in the triggered mode.
  • Page 655 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal|BEXTernal|EXTernal INTernal manual trigger or *TRG. EXTernal|BEXTernal trigger signal on the TRIGGER 1/2 connector. *RST: INTernal Example: SOURce1:BB:DM:TRIGger:SOURce EXTernal sets external triggering via the TRIGGER 1 connector. Manual operation: "Trigger Source"...
  • Page 656 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:TDELay <ExtTimeDelay> Specifies the trigger delay for external triggering. The value affects all external trigger signals. Parameters: <ExtTimeDelay> float Range: 0 to 688 Increment: 250E-12 *RST: Example: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT on page 639 Manual operation: "Trigger Delay"...
  • Page 657 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence <Sequence> The command selects the trigger mode. Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | RETRigger | AAUTo | ARETrigger | SINGle AUTO The modulation signal is generated continuously. RETRigger The modulation signal is generated continuously. A trigger event (internal or external) causes a restart.
  • Page 658 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> CLISt | PULSe | PATTern | RATio CLISt A marker signal that is defined in the selected control list is gen- erated. PULSe A pulsed marker signal is generated. The pulse frequency (=...
  • Page 659 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <OnTime> integer Range: 1 to 16777215 *RST: Default unit: symbol Example: BB:DM:TRIG:OUTP2:ONT 20 sets an ON time of 20 symbols for marker 2 Manual operation: "Marker x" on page 365 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern <Pattern>...
  • Page 660 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? Queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal in the setting SOURce:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut:MODE PULSe. The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider. Return values: <Frequency> float...
  • Page 661 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:OSAMpling:AUTO <Auto> The command activates/deactivates the upsampling factor state. If activated, the most sensible parameter values are selected. The value depends on the coherence check. If deactivated, the values can be changed manually.
  • Page 662 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem <PGauss> float Range: 0.15 to 2.5 Increment: 0.01 *RST: <RCosine> float Range: 0.05 to 1.00 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 0.35 <SPhase> float Range: 0.15 to 2.5 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: BB:DM:FILT:PAR:APCO25 0.2 sets the roll-off factor to 0.2 for filter type APCO25.
  • Page 663 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE <Type> The command selects the filter type. When a standard is selected (:BB:DM:STAN), the filter type and filter parameter are set to the default value. Parameters: <Type> RCOSine | COSine | GAUSs | LGAuss | CONE | COF705 |...
  • Page 664 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Angle> float Range: 0 to 180 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Deg Example: BB:DM:FORM AQPS selects modulation type AQPSK. BB:DM:AQPS:ANGL 45 Manual operation: "Angle Alpha" on page 346 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:ASK:DEPTh <Depth> The command sets the ASK modulation depth when modulation type ASK is selected.
  • Page 665 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:COD GRAY selects GRAY coding. This coding is valid for all modulation types. Manual operation: "Coding" on page 345 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FORMat <Format> Selects the modulation type. If the coding that is set (:BB:DM:COD) is not possible with the modulation type selected, it is automatically set to OFF (:BB:DM:COD OFF).
  • Page 666 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:SYMBol<ch0>:DEViation <Deviation> The command sets the deviation of the selected symbol for variable FSK modulation mode. Suffix: <ch> 0 .. 16 The number of symbols (and therefore the suffix range) depends on the selected FSK modulation type.
  • Page 667 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <MDelay> float Range: 0 to 1 Increment: 1E-6 *RST: Example: BB:DM:MDEL? queries the delay in the case of external modulation. Response: 0.4 ms the delay is 0.4 ms. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Modulation Delay"...
  • Page 668 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:DM:PRAM:BBON ON selects power ramping in the baseband only. Manual operation: "Baseband Only" on page 360 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:FDELay <FDelay> Sets the delay in the falling edge. A positive value gives rise to a delay and a negative value causes an advance.
  • Page 669 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:PRAM:SHAP COS selects a cosine-shaped rise and fall for the transmitted power edge. Manual operation: "Ramp Function" on page 359 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:SOURce <Source> Sets the source for the power ramp control signals.
  • Page 670 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:PRAM:STAT ON switches power ramping on. Manual operation: "State" on page 359 DM Lists The following section brings together the commands for defining and managing the data lists and control lists for digital modulation.

  • Page 671: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:catalog

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ................657 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA ................658 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DELete ................658 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:POINts? ................658 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect ................659 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA ..............660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend ................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DELete ................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:POINts ................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:SELect ................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:DELete ................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:POINts? ................662...

  • Page 672: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:tag

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:FREE? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:FREE? Queries the user modulation mapping list free memory. Return values: <Free> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FORM USER selects the User modulation type. BB:DM:FLIS:FREE? queries the free memory.

  • Page 673: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:data

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:DLIS:TAG 'D_list1','date' queries the Date tag in control list D_list1. Response:10.10.2008 the data list was created on 10.10.2008. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA <Data> The command sends the data to the currently selected control list. If the list already contains data, it is overwritten.

  • Page 674: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:delete

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:CLIS:SEL 'c_list1' selects the control list. BB:DM:CLIS:DATA 0,0,0,0,8,8,8,0,0,0,0... enters the control values in list c_list1. In the example, only ramps for marker 4 are set. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Edit Control List"...

  • Page 675: [:Source]:Bb:dm:dlist:data

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Filename> <list name> Example: BB:DM:CLIS:SEL 'c_list1' selects control list c_list1. Manual operation: "Functions for handling of control lists" on page 165 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA <Data> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA? [<Start>[, <Count>]] The Setting command sends the bit data to the data list selected with the aid of :BB:DM:DLISt:SELect.

  • Page 676: [:Source]:Bb:dm:dlist:data:append

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Data List Editor" on page 353 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend <Bits> The command appends the bit data onto the end of the existing data in the selected data list. This means that existing content in the data list is not overwritten. By this means very long data lists can be built up piecemeal.

  • Page 677: [:Source]:Bb:dm:dlist:select

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:DLIS:POIN 234 defines the number of bits in the data list to be utilized as 234 bits. If the list was filled with block data, at least the last 6 bits will be ignored.

  • Page 678: [:Source]:Bb:dm:flist:points

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:POINts? Queries the user filter list length. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FILT:TYPE USER selects the User filter type. BB:DM:FLIS:POIN? queries the list length. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:SELect <Filename>...

  • Page 679: [:Source]:Bb:dm:mlist:points

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Load User Mapping" on page 346 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:POINts? Queries the user modulation mapping list length. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FORM USER selects the User modulation type.

  • Page 680: [:Source]:Bb:dm:setting:delete

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Save/Recall" on page 341 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete <Filename> This command deletes the selected file with Custom Digital Modulation settings. The directory is set using command MMEM:CDIRectory. A path can also be specified, in which case the files in the specified directory are read.

  • Page 681: [:Source]:Bb:dm:setting:store:fast

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall" on page 341 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe:FAST <Fast> Determines whether the instrument performs an absolute or a differential storing of the settings. Enable this function to accelerate the saving process by saving only the settings with values different to the default ones.

  • Page 682: Source:bb:graphics Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall User" on page 345 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard:ULISt:LOAD <Filename> Loads the selected file with Digital Standard settings. The directory is set using com- mand MMEM:CDIRectory. A path can also be specified, in which case the files in the specified directory are read.
  • Page 683 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> IQ | VECTor | CCDF | PSPectrum | CONStellation | EYEI | EYEQ *RST: Example: BB:GRAP:MODE VECT selects vector diagram. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 170 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SMARt:STATe <State> Activates/deactivates the "smart graphics".
  • Page 684 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:USER <User> (Enabled for BB:GRAPH:SRAT:MODE USER) Selects the signal bandwidth for which the display is to be generated. The setting range moves between the minimum and maximum bandwidth which is possible for the selected display.

  • Page 685: Source:bb:impairment Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> SOFTware | MARKer SOFTware Recording of signals is started automatically in specified inter- vals. This asynchronous method is appropriate when a repre- sentative display of the complete signal is desired, as recording starts in a random time reference to the signal.
  • Page 686 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:IMP:IQR 3 PCT sets the imbalance to 3 percent. BB:IMP:IQR? queries the imbalance. Response: 0.259000 the value is returned in dB Manual operation: "Gain Imbalance - Digital Impairments" on page 292 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:LEAKage:I <I>...
  • Page 687 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:IMP:QUAD:ANGL -5DEG sets the quadrature offset to -5 degrees. Manual operation: "Quadrature Offset - Digital Impairments" on page 292 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:STATe <State> The command activates (ON) and deactivates (OFF) the three impairment or correc- tion values LEAKage, QUADrature and IQRatio for the digital baseband signal prior to input into the I/Q modulator.

  • Page 688: Source:bb:mccw Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.3.6 SOURce:BB:MCCW Subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for setting the Multi Carrier CW signals. Suffixes SOURce<hw> For one-path instruments, the keyword SOURce is optional and can be omitted. The numeric suffix to SOURce distinguishes between signal generation for path A and path B in the case of two-path instruments: ●...
  • Page 689 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOURce1:BB:MCCW:STATe ON Manual operation: "State" on page 425 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:PRESet Sets the multi carrier signal parameters to their default values (*RST values specified for the commands).
  • Page 690 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Setting parameters: <Phas0[,Phas1..]> float Range: 0 to 360 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Query parameters: <Start> integer Range: 0 to lastCarrier <Count> integer Range: 1 to lastCarrier Return values: <Phas[,Phas..]> float...
  • Page 691 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:LIST:POW -65 dB, -30 dB, -50 dB,... sets the power of carrier 0 to -65 dB, carrier 1 to -30 dB and so BB:MCCW:CARR:LIST:POW? 2,3 queries the power of carrier 1 and 2.
  • Page 692 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem <Phase> float Sets the start phase of the selected carrier. Range: 0 to 359.99 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:PHAS 15,90 sets a start phase of 90 DEG for carrier 15.
  • Page 693 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:SPAC 10 MHz sets a carrier spacing of 10 MHz. Manual operation: "Carrier Spacing" on page 427 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:STATe <CarrierIndex>, <State> Switches the selected carrier on or off. The counting in remote control differs from the numbers in the carrier table. Index 0 corresponds to number 1 (first line) in the table.
  • Page 694 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Actual> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: SOUR:BB:MCCW:CFAC:MODE SLOW BB:MCCW:CFAC:ACT? Response: 3 Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CFACtor:MODE <Mode> Sets the mode by which automatic settings will minimize the crest factor or hold it at a chosen value.
  • Page 695 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Clock> float Range: 0 to Max Increment: 1E-3 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:CLOC? queries the output clock rate. Response: 256 000 000 the output clock rate is 256 MHz. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Clock Frequency"...
  • Page 696 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:PHAS 90 DEG sets a start phase of 90° for the carriers in the carrier range. BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:PHAS:STEP 1 DEG the start phase is incremented by 1° for each carrier, i.e. the first carrier has a start phase of 90°, the second a start phase of 91°,...
  • Page 697 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt] <Start> Sets the power for the individual carriers in the defined carrier range. If the com- mand :BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:POW:STEP is used to define a step width, the power entered here applies only to the starting carrier. The power of the remaining carriers is stepped up or down by the power specified in the :BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:POW:STEP command.
  • Page 698 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Stop> integer Range: 0 to 8191 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:STOP 40 the carrier range stops at carrier 40. Manual operation: "Carrier Stop" on page 428 Trigger Settings ............682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute ..............682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXECute ....... 683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut...
  • Page 699 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:SOUR INT sets internal triggering. BB:MCCW:TRIG:SEQ RETR sets Retrigger mode, i.e. every trigger event causes signal gen- eration to restart. BB:MCCW:TRIG:EXEC executes a trigger. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Trigger" on page 433 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut <Output>...
  • Page 700 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB:MCCW:TRIG:DEL 200 sets a delay of 200 samples for the trigger. [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OBASeband:INHibit <Inhibit> Sets the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event.
  • Page 701 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:SLENgth <SLength> Sets the length of the signal sequence to be output in the "Single" trigger mode. The input is to be expressed in samples. It is then possible to output deliberately just part of the waveform, an exact sequence of the waveform, or a defined number of repetitions of the waveform.
  • Page 702 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Trigger Delay" on page 434 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit <Inhibit> Specifies the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event. This command applies only in the case of external triggering.
  • Page 703 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:SEQ AAUT sets the "Armed_auto" trigger mode; the device waits for the first trigger (e.g. with *TRG) and then generates the signal continu- ously. Manual operation: "Trigger Mode" on page 432 Marker Settings This section lists the remote control commands, necessary to configure the markers.
  • Page 704 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay <Delay> Sets the delay between the signal on the marker outputs and the start of the signals, expressed in terms of samples. Command :BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay: FIXed ON can be used to restrict the range of values to the dynamic range, i.e. the range within which a delay of the marker signals can be set without restarting the marker and signal.
  • Page 705 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:DEL:FIX ON restricts the marker signal delay setting range to the dynamic range. BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:DEL:MIN queries the minimum of the dynamic range. Response:0 the minimum for the marker delay setting is 0 samples.
  • Page 706 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <OnTime> integer Range: 1 to 16777215 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:ONT 20 sets an ON time of 20 samples for marker 2. Manual operation: "Marker Mode" on page 435 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern <Pattern> Sets the bit pattern used to generate the marker signal in the setting...
  • Page 707 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? Queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal in the setting SOUR:BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:MODE PULS. The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider. The divider is defined with command SOUR:BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:PULS:DIV.

  • Page 708: Source:bb:measurement Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Multiplier> integer Range: 1 to 64 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:CLOC:SOUR EXT selects the external clock source. The clock is supplied via the CLOCK connector. BB:MCCW:CLOC:MODE MSAM selects clock type "Multiple Samples", i.e. the supplied clock has a rate which is a multiple of the sample rate.
  • Page 709 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MEASurement:CFACtor? Queries the crest factor of the baseband signal during power measurement. Return values: <CFactor> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BB:MEAS:CFAC? Queries the measured crest factor of the baseband signal.
  • Page 710 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MEASurement:POWer:RMS? Queries the power of the baseband signal relative to full scale of 0.5 V (in terms of dB full scale) during measurement. Return values: <Rms> float Range: -100 to 10 Increment: 0.01...

  • Page 711: Source:bb:power Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MEAS:SOURC BAWG selects the measurement of the digital baseband signal inter- fered with a noise signal. Manual operation: "Signal Source - Digital Impairments - Measurement" on page 312 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MEASurement[:STATe] <State> Activates the measurement of the digital I/Q baseband signal. When activated, infor- mation on the peak power, power and crest factor are indicated.

  • Page 712: Source:bb:progress Subsystem General Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Peak> float Range: -145 to 30 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dBfs Example: BB:POW:PEAK queries the peak power of the baseband signal. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Peak Power - Digital Impairments"...

  • Page 713: Source:correction Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem :SOURce1:BB:PROGress:MCODer? // 25 (task in progress) // :SOURce1:BB:PROGress:MCODer:DM:FILTer? // 100 ................697 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer? ..........697 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:MCARrier? ........697 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:WSEGment? ............697 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:DM:FILTer? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:MCARrier? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:WSEGment? Queries the status of an initiated process, like for example the calculation of a signal in accordance to a digital standard, or the calculation of a multi carrier or multi segment waveform file.
  • Page 714 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Each list is stored as a file. The name of the user correction file can be freely selected. The file extension *.uco is assigned automatically and cannot be changed. The files can be stored in a freely selectable directory and opened from there. The default directory is set using command on page 549.
  • Page 715 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe] ................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:VALue? ..............709 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog? Requests a list of user correction tables. The individual lists are separated by commas. The lists are stored with the fixed file extensions *.uco in a directory of the user's choice.
  • Page 716 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: CORR:CSET 'D:\user\' selects the table ucor1. CORR:CSET:DATA:FREQ:POIN? queries the number of frequency values in the table ucor1. Response: 440 the table ucor1 contains 440 frequency values. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:POWer <Power>...
  • Page 717 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <MLevel> string Example: SOUR:CORR:CSET:DATA:POW:MLEV4? queries the level correction values for attenuator setting 10 dB. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Multi Level Values" on page 232 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:POWer:MLEVel:STATe <State> The command activates the acquisition of multi level data with a connected power sen- sor.
  • Page 718 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: CORR:CSET:DATA:SGAM:DEL D: \user\multilevelucor1' deletes the SGamma correction values. Usage: Event [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:MAGNitude <Magnitude1>[, <MagnitudeN>] Sets the magnitude of the reflection coefficient of the DUT for SGamma correction (multi level user correction data).
  • Page 719 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem <PhaseN> float Range: -360 to 360 Increment: 0.1 Example: CORR:CSET:DATA:POW:SGAM:PHAS -360.0,-180.0,180.0,360.0 sets the phase values. [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:PHASe:POINts? Queries the number of phase entries in the selected multi level user correction table. Return values: <Points>...
  • Page 720 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\ucor' selects the directory for the user correction files. CORR:CSET:DEL 'UCOR1' deletes the table ucor1. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "User Cor. Data - User Correction" on page 224 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? Requests a list of available ASCII files for export/import of user correction data.
  • Page 721 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect <Filename> Selects the ASCII file to be imported or exported. The ASCII files are stored with the fixed file extensions *.txt or *.csv in a directory of the user's choice. The directory applicable to the commands is defined with the com- mand MMEMory:CDIR.
  • Page 722 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal <Decimal> Selects the decimal separator used in the ASCII data between '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) with floating-point numerals. Parameters: <Decimal> DOT | COMMa *RST: Example: CORR:DEXC:MODE EXP selects that the user correction list is exported into an ASCII file.
  • Page 723 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> IMPort | EXPort *RST: IMPort Example: CORR:DEXC:MODE IMP selects that ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs are imported and transferred into user correction lists. CORR:DEXC:AFIL:SEL 'D:\user\ucor.csv' selects that ASCII file ucor.csv is imported.
  • Page 724 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Filename> <table name> Example: CORR:CSET 'D:\user\ucor1' selects the table ucor1. CORR ON activates level correction. Correction is performed using the table ucor1. Manual operation: "User Cor. Data - User Correction" on page 224 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:MLEVel:STATe <State>...

  • Page 725: Source:fm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Value> float Range: -100 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: CORR:VAL? queries the value currently used for level correction. Response: -3 the correction value is - 3 dB. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "User Correction Value - User Correction"...
  • Page 726 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Deviation> float Range: 0 to 80E6 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 1000 Example: FM 5E3 sets 5 kHz deviation to the frequency modulation signal. Manual operation: "FM Deviation" on page 247 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:EXTernal:COUPling <Coupling>...
  • Page 727 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> NORMal NORMal Provides full setting range of modulation bandwidth and FM deviation. *RST: NORM Example: FM:MODE NORM selects normal mode for external frequency modulation. Manual operation: "FM Mode" on page 247 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SENSitivity?

  • Page 728: Source:frequency Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT Uses the internally generated signal for modulation. To configure the frequency, use the commands of the Chapter 7.16.10, "SOURce:LFOutput Subsystem", on page 737 subsystem. Uses an externally applied modulation signal.
  • Page 729 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem .................719 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP ............. 719 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement] ..............720 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer <Center> Sets the center frequency of the RF sweep range. The range is defined by this center frequency and the specified [:SOURce<hw>]: FREQuency:SPAN, according to the formula: - (f /2) ...
  • Page 730 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:MODE <Mode> Parameters: <Mode> INTernal | EXTernal | COUPled | ECOupled INTernal The signal of the internal local oscilltor is used. This mode corre- sponds to a normal operation. EXTernal An external signal is used for path A.
  • Page 731 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem The actual frequency at the RF output does not change, but rather the value queried with [:SOUR]:FREQ?, according to the formula: FREQ RFout MULTiplier OFFSet Correlation: FREQ for FREQ:MODE SWE is linked to the sweep frequency.
  • Page 732 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Manual> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: RF characteristics > Resolution of setting Example: SWE:MODE MAN sets the Step sweep mode. Example: FREQ:MODE SWE sets the frequency sweep mode. The sweep start frequency is output.
  • Page 733 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: FREQ:MODE SWE sets the SWEep mode. Manual operation: "State - Frequency Sweep" on page 262 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MULTiplier <Multiplier> Sets the value for the multiplication factor of a subsequent downstream instrument. Parameters: <Multiplier>...
  • Page 734 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: FREQ:PHAS:CONT:STAT ON activates phase continuous mode. Manual operation: "Phase Continuous Active" on page 208 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:SPAN <Span> Determines the extent of the frequency sweep range. This setting in combination with the center frequency setting ([:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer) defines the...
  • Page 735 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: RF characteristics > Resolution of setting *RST: 100 MHz Example: FREQ:STARt 1 MHz sets the start frequency for the frequency sweep to 1 MHz.

  • Page 736: Source:input Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Note: This value also applies to the step width of the rotary knob of the instrument and increases or decreases the frequency accordingly, when you work in user-defined step mode. Parameters: <Increment>...
  • Page 737 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ................722 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:IMPedance ..................723 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:LEVel ................... 723 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:SLOPe [:SOURce]:INPut:DATA:IMPedance <Impedance> Sets the impedance of all data inputs. The setting affects the serial data input DATA at the front of the instrument and the serial data inputs DATA at the AUX I/O interface at the rear of the instrument.
  • Page 738 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Impedance> HIGH | G50 HIGH > 100 k0hm to ground 50 0hm to ground (requires the extended synthesis assembly (SynEx)) *RST: HIGH Example: INP:MOD:IMP HIGH sets > 100 kOhm to ground.

  • Page 739: Source:iq Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:LEVel <Level> Sets the high/low threshold of the trigger and control signal inputs in the baseband sec- tion. In the case of positive polarity, this threshold determines the point as of which a signal is high (active) or low (inactive).
  • Page 740 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment[:STATe] ...................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SOURce ....................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:STATe ................. 727 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SWAP[:STATe] ..................727 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:WBSTate .................... 727 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IQGain [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:CREStfactor <CrestFactor> Sets the crest factor of the external analog signal. Parameters: <CrestFactor> float Range: 0 to 35 Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 741 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: IQ:GAIN DB0 sets gain 0 dB (standard). Manual operation: "Baseband Gain-Gain - I/Q Mod" on page 287 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment:IQRatio[:MAGNitude] <Magnitude> This command sets the ratio of I modulation to Q modulation (amplification “imbal- ance”).
  • Page 742 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment:QUADrature[:ANGLe] <Angle> Sets the quadrature offset for the I/Q modulation. Parameters: <Angle> float Range: -10 to 10 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: IQ:IMP:QUAD:ANGL -5DEG sets the quadrature offset to -5 degrees.
  • Page 743 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: IQ:STAT ON activates I/Q modulation. Manual operation: "State - I/Q Mod" on page 284 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SWAP[:STATe] <State> When set to ON, this command swaps the I and Q channel.

  • Page 744: Source:iq:output Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Iqgain> AUTO | DBM3 | DB0 | DB3 | DB6 AUTO Activates automatic setting. The modulation is automatically optimized for the internally set baseband signal DBM3 Activates 0 dB gain. With this setting, signal distortions are minimized.
  • Page 745 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:COUPling[:STATe] <State> Couples the bias setting of the I and Q signal components. If coupling is activated, settings made for the I-signal component ([:SOURce<hw>]: IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:I) automatically applies to the Q-signal SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:Q) Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 746 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:OPTimization[:RF]:STATe <State> Activates/deactivates optimization of level accuracy and imbalance for RF Output. Level accuracy and imbalance can be either optimized for RF output (active) or for dif- ferential outputs (not active). Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 747 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Result> float Range: 0.02 to 4 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Resulting I/Q Level Vp (EMF)" on page 304 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode for setting the outputs.

  • Page 748: Digital I/Q Outputs

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.9.2 Digital I/Q Outputs This subsystem contains the commands for configuring the digital I/Q output. The digi- tal signal can be output with the aid of a standardized (LVDS) digital user interface.
  • Page 749 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ● start a new signa lgeneration ● set a new output level Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOUR:IQ:OUTP:DIG:OFL:HOLD:STAT? Response: "0" (no overflow) Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Overflow Hold - Digital I/Q Out"...
  • Page 750 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Level> float Range: -90 to 0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dBFs Example: IQ:OUTP:DIG:POW:LEV -10 sets the output signal level to -10 dBFS. Manual operation: "Level - Digital I/Q Out" on page 308 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:PEP <Pep>...
  • Page 751 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:STEP:MODE <Mode> Activates (USER) or deactivates (DECimal) the user-defined step width used when varying the level value with the level values UP/DOWN. The command is linked to set- ting"Variation Active" for manual operation, i.e. the command also activates/deacti- vates the user-defined step width used when varying the level value with the rotary knob.
  • Page 752 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: IQ:OUTP:DIG:SRAT:MODE USER with sample rate source User the internally generated clock ref- erence signal is selected. IQ:OUTP:DIG:SRAT 100 MHz the sample rate for the output signal is set to 100 MHz.

  • Page 753: Source:lfoutput Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: IQ:OUTP:DIG:SRAT:SOUR USER the internally generated clock reference signal is selected. Manual operation: "Sample Rate Source - Digital I/Q Output" on page 307 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:STATe <State> Switches on and off the digital I/Q output signals.
  • Page 754 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ..................738 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:FREQuency ............... 738 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:MANual ..............739 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:MODE ..............739 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STARt ..............740 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STOP ..................740 [:SOURce]:LFOutput[:STATe] ........... 741 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl ..........741 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute ............741 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE ...........742 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts ..........743 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing? ...........743 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe ..........744 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing...
  • Page 755 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Manual> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: Modulation sources > Internal modulation generator > Resolution of frequency setting *RST: 1000 Example: LFO:SWE:MODE MAN sets the "Step" sweep mode.
  • Page 756 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: Resolution of frequency setting *RST: 1 KHz Example: RST* activates all presettings. LFO:SWE:MODE AUTO TRIG0:SOUR SING LFO:FREQ:STAR 1 kHz LFO:FREQ:STOP 10 kHz...
  • Page 757 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the dwell time for each frequency step of the sweep. Tip: It is recommended to switch off the "Display Update" for optimum sweep perform- ance especially with short dwell times (SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF).
  • Page 758 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | MANual | STEP AUTO Performs a complete sweep cycle from the start to the end value when a trigger event occurs. The dwell time deterrmines the time period for the signal to switch to the next step.
  • Page 759 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem freq_points = ((log f - log f ) / log step_log) + 1 STOP STARt To determine the logarithmic step size, use the command SWE:STEP:LOG. If you change the number of sweep points, the step size changes accordingly. The sweep range remains the same.
  • Page 760 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: SOUR:LFO:SWE:SHAP TRI selects the sweep cycle with alternating ascending and descending sweep directions. Manual operation: "Shape" on page 258 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing <Spacing> Selects the mode for the calculation of the frequency sweep intervals.The frequency increases or decreases by this value at each step.
  • Page 761 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LFO:FREQ:STAR sets the start frequency to 2 kHz. LFO:FREQ:STOP sets the stop frequency to 20 kHz. LFO:SWE:SPAC LIN sets linear sweep spacing. LFO:SWE:STEP 2 kHz sets the sweep step width to 2 kHz. The number of sweep steps for linear sweep spacing (POINts) is automatically set to 11.

  • Page 762: Source:list Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce]:LFOutput:VOLTage <Voltage> Sets the voltage of the LF output signal. Parameters: <Voltage> float Range: see the data sheet: Internal modulation generator > Output voltage range Increment: see the data sheet: resolution of output voltage set-...
  • Page 763 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem In the example each trigger causes the list to be processed once from beginning to end. SOURce:LIST:TRIGger:SOURce SINGle 7. Activate the List mode. SOURce1:FREQuency:MODE LIST 8. Trigger the list (depending on the mode).
  • Page 764 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Catalog> string Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\Listmode' selects the directory for the list mode files. LIST:CAT? queries the available lists. Response: 'list1,list2' the lists list1 and list2 are available. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete <Filename>...
  • Page 765 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\Listmode' selects the directory for the list mode files. FREQ:MODE SWE deactivates the list mode for RF output and activates the sweep mode. LIST:DEL:ALL deletes all list mode files in the selected directory.
  • Page 766 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR 'D:\user\import' selects the directory for the ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:EXT TXT selects ASCII files with the extension *.txt for the query. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:CAT? queries the available files with extension *.txt.
  • Page 767 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LIST:DEXC:MODE EXP selects that the list is exported into an ASCII file. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:SEL 'D:\user\list.csv' determines ASCII file list.csv as destination for the list mode list data. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:SEP:COL TAB defines a tabulator to separate the frequency and level values pairs.
  • Page 768 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE <Mode> Selects if list mode lists should be imported or exported. Depending on the selection here, the file select command defines either the source or the destination for list mode lists and ASCII files.
  • Page 769 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Dwell> float Range: 7E-4 to 100 Increment: 1E-4 *RST: 15E-3 Example: LIST:DWEL 15 each setting in the list is retained for 15 ms. Manual operation: "Dwell Time - List Mode" on page 276 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREE?
  • Page 770 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency:POINts? The command queries the length (in points) of the FREQuency component of the selected list. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: LIST:SEL 'D:\user\list3' selects list3 for editing. The R&S SMJ creates a new file auto- matically, if it does not exist yet.
  • Page 771 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Start> integer Range: 0 to list length *RST: Example: LIST:SEL 'D:\user\list3' selects list3 for use in List mode. LIST:IND:STAR 25 sets 25 as start index of the index range. LIST:IND:STOP 49 sets 49 as stop index of the index range.
  • Page 772 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | STEP AUTO Each trigger event triggers a complete list cycle. Possible trigger settings for :LIST:TRIGger:SOURce are AUTO, SINGle and EXT. STEP Each trigger event triggers only one step in the list processing cycle.
  • Page 773 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: LIST:SEL 'D:\user\list3' selects list3 for editing. The R&S SMJ generates a new file automatically, if it does not exist yet. LIST:POW:POIN? queries the number of levels in the list file...

  • Page 774: Source:modulation Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: SOUR:LIST:TRIG:EXEC triggers the processing of the selected list. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Single - List Mode" on page 275 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:SOURce <Source> Selects the trigger source processing lists. The names of the parameters correspond to those under sweep mode. SCPI uses other names for the parameters;...

  • Page 775: Source:phase Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem The command SOUR:MOD:ALL:STAT OFF switches all modulations off. A subsequent command SOUR:MOD:ALL:STAT ON restores the status that was active before the last switch-off. "MOD OFF" is displayed in the info line of the header next to the "Level"...

  • Page 776: Source:pm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.14 SOURce:PM Subsystem The PM subsystem contains the commands for checking the phase modulation. The settings for the internal modulation source (LF generator) are made in the SOURce:LFOutput subsystem. For information on the required options, see Chapter 5.5.11.5, "Phase Modulation...
  • Page 777 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> HDEViation | HBANdwidth HDEViation Provides full setting range of PhiM deviation. The range of mod- ulation frequency is limited (see data sheet). Recommended for low modulation frequencies and/or high PhiM deviation.

  • Page 778: Source:power Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT INTernal Uses the internally generated signal for modulation. To configure the LF signal, use the commands of the SOURce:LFOutput Sub- system subsystem. EXTernal Uses an externally applied modulation signal.
  • Page 779 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem ..................767 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MANual ..................768 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE ..................768 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:PEP? ..................768 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer ..................769 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STARt ..............769 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] ................770 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP:MODE ..................770 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STOP [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:OMODe <OffMode> The command sets the level control mode which becomes active when automatic level control is deactivated (ALC Off).
  • Page 780 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | AUTO Internal level control is permanently activated. Internal level control is deactivated; Sample & Hold mode is acti- vated. AUTO Internal level control is activated/deactivated automatically depending on the operating state.
  • Page 781 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: POW:EMF:STAT 1 activates voltage level display. Manual operation: "Display Level as Voltage of EMF - RF Level" on page 220 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <Amplitude>...
  • Page 782 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Entering a level offset does not change the RF output level, but rather the query value of :POWer. For more information, see "RF level vs. RF output level" on page 215. Only dB is permitted as the unit here. The linear units (V, W, etc.) are not permitted.
  • Page 783 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Amplitude> float Minimum level ... Maximum level The value range for the level setting varies according to the instrument model. The values are given in the data sheet. Increment: 0.01 *RST:...
  • Page 784 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE <Mode> Sets the instrument operating mode and therefore also the commands used to set the output level. Parameters: <Mode> CW | FIXed | SWEep CW|FIXed Operates at a constant level. CW and FIXed are synonyms. To set the output level value, use the command [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:...
  • Page 785 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Power> Minimum level ... Maximum level The value range for the level setting varies according to the instrument model. The values are given in the data sheet. Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: SOUR:POW:POW 15 sets the RF level at output to 15 dBm.
  • Page 786 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Increment> float Range: full specified level range Increment: see the data sheet: Level sweep > Step size setting resolution *RST: Example: POW:STEP 2 sets the step width for entering the RF level to 2 dB.

  • Page 787: Source:pulm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: POW:STOP 3 sets the stop level for the level sweep to 3 dBm for RF output A. Manual operation: "Stop Level - Level Sweep" on page 272 7.16.16 SOURce:PULM Subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for setting the pulse modulation.
  • Page 788 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Set pulse period SOURce:PULM:PERiod 10 us // Set pulse width SOURce:PULM:WIDth 8 us // Set double pulse width SOURce:PULM:DOUBle:WIDTh 0.0000012 // Set double pulse delay SOURce:PULM:DOUBle:DELay 0.0000045 // ******************************************************************...
  • Page 789 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem // Select pulse train mode // ****************************************************************** // Select the internal modulation generator and the pulse mode SOURce:PULM:SOURce INTernal SOURce:PULM:MODE PTRain // ****************************************************************** // Activate the signal output // ****************************************************************** SOURce:PGENerator:OUTPut:STATe 1...

  • Page 790: Source:roscillator Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal INTernal The internally generated rectangular signal is used for the pulse modulation. The frequency of the internal signal can be set in the SOURce:LFOutput subsystem. EXTernal The signal applied externally via the EXT MOD connector is used for the pulse modulation.
  • Page 791 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency <Frequency> Selects the external reference frequency. Parameters: <Frequency> 5MHZ | 10MHZ | 13MHZ *RST: 10MHZ Example: ROSC:SOUR EXT selects the external source. The reference must be input at the REF IN connector.
  • Page 792 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: ROSC:SOUR EXT selects the external source. ROSC:EXT:FREQ 10 MHz informs the instrument that the external reference has a fre- quency of 10 MHz. ROSC:EXT:SBAN WID selects wideband setting for synchronization bandwidth.

  • Page 793: Source:sweep Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | ELOop INTernal The internal reference oscillator is used. EXTernal An external reference signal is used. It must be input at the REF IN connector at the rear of the instrument.
  • Page 794 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem 5. Select the sweep mode and activate the sweep. [SOURce:]SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE AUTO [SOURce:]FREQuency:MODE SWEep 6. Trigger the sweep. [SOURce:]SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute It is recommended that you switch off the "Start/Stop Display Update" for optimum sweep performance, especially with short dwell times (SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF).
  • Page 795 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Dwell Time - Frequency Sweep" on page 267 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute Starts an RF frequency sweep cycle manually. The command is only effective in single mode. Example: TRIG:FSW:SOUR SING SOUR:SWE:FREQ:MODE AUT SWE:FREQ:EXEC triggers a frequency sweep at the RF output.
  • Page 796 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts <Points> Determines the number of steps for the RF frequency sweep within the sweep range. This parameter always applies to the currently set sweep spacing and correlates with the step size as follows: ●...
  • Page 797 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing? Queries the current state of the frequency sweep mode. Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON Example: SWE:RUNN? Response "1": signal generation in level sweep active. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe <Shape>...
  • Page 798 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Spacing> LINear | LOGarithmic LINear With the linear sweep, the step width is a fixed frequency value which is added to the current frequency. The step width for lin- ear sweep is entered in Hz (see [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:...
  • Page 799 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Example: FREQ:STAR 1GHz sets the start frequency to 1 GHz. FREQ:STOP 5GHz sets the stop frequency to 5 GHz. SWE:SPAC LIN sets linear sweep spacing. SWE:STEP 2 MHz sets the step width for linear sweep spacing to 2 MHz (RF sweep) at the RF output.
  • Page 800 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the time taken for each level step of the sweep. Tip: It is recommended to switch off the "Display Update" for optimum sweep perform- ance especially with short dwell times (SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF).
  • Page 801 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | MANual | STEP AUTO Each trigger triggers exactly one complete sweep. MANual The trigger system is not active. Each level step of the sweep is triggered individually, either by varying the "Current Level" value using the rotary knob under manual control or by means of a POW:MAN command under remote control.
  • Page 802 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:RETRace <State> Activates that the signal changes to the start level value while it is waiting for the next trigger event. You can enable this feature, when you are working with sawtooth shapes in sweep mode "Single"...
  • Page 803 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SPACing:MODE? Queries the sweep spacing mode. The sweep spacing for level sweeps is always lin- ear. Return values: <Mode> LINear *RST: LINear Example: SWE:POW:SPAC:MODE? queries the sweep spacing for a level sweep at RF output.

  • Page 804: Status Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A STATus Subsystem Example: SWE:RES resets all active sweeps to the starting point. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Reset Sweep" on page 258 7.17 STATus Subsystem This system contains the commands for the status reporting system. See also Chap- ter 6.5, "Status Reporting...
  • Page 805 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A STATus Subsystem :STATus:OPERation:ENABle <Enable> Sets the bits of the ENABle part of the STATus:OPERation register. This setting deter- mines which events of the Status-Event part are forwarded to the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 806 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A STATus Subsystem :STATus:PRESet <Preset> Resets the status registers. All PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh (32767), i.e. all transitions from 0 to 1 are detected. All NTRansition parts are set to 0, i.e. a transition from 1 to 0 in a CONDition bit is not detected.
  • Page 807 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A STATus Subsystem :STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition <Ntransition> Sets the bits of the NTRansition part of the STATus:QUEStionable register. If a bit is set, a transition from 1 to 0 in the condition part causes an entry to be made in the EVENt part of the register.

  • Page 808: System Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem 7.18 SYSTem Subsystem The SYSTem subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions which do not directly affect signal generation....................792 :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? ..................793 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? ..................793 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]? ....................794 :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? ....................794...
  • Page 809 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYST:ERR:ALL? queries all entries in the error queue. Response: 0, 'no error' No errors have occurred since the error queue was last read out. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Del. volatile"...
  • Page 810 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Usage: Query only :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? Queries the number of entries in the error queue. If the error queue is empty, '0' is returned. Return values: <Count> string Example: SYST:ERR:COUN queries the number of entries in the error queue.
  • Page 811 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYSTem:SERRor? queries all errors existing in the error queue. Response: -221, 'Settings conflict', 153, 'Input voltage out of range' the two returned errors have occurred since the error queue was last queried.
  • Page 812 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:WORKgroup 'TEST_09' sets the workgroup name :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS <DNS> Determines the net DNS server to resolve the name. Parameters: <DNS> string Example: SYST:COMM:NETW:IPAD:DNS 123.456.0.1 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus? Queries the network configuration state. Return values: <State>...
  • Page 813 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Return values: <Resource> string Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource? Response: "TCPIP::192.1.2.3::INSTR" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Visa Resource Strings" on page 147 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? Queries the VISA resource string, used for remote control of the instrument with HiSLIP protocol.
  • Page 814 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Setting parameters: <Key> integer The respective functions are disabled when the protection level is activated. No password is required for activation. A password must be entered to deactivate the protection level. The pass- word for the first level is 123456.
  • Page 815 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem It can be accessed with protection level 1, see :SYSTem:PROTect<ch>[:STATe] on page 797. Parameters: <Year> <year>,<month>,<day> <Month> integer Range: 1 to 12 <Day> integer Range: 1 to 31 Example: SYST:DATE? Response: "2011,05,01"...
  • Page 816 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A SYSTem Subsystem Parameters: <TimeZone> string :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE:CATalog? Querys the list of available time zones. Return values: <Catalog> Usage: Query only :SYSTem:VERSion? Queries the SCPI version the instrument's command set complies with. Return values: <Version> string...

  • Page 817: Test Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TEST Subsystem :SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Queries the user directory, that means the directory the instrument stores user files on. Return values: <PathUser> string Example: SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Response: "D:\user\ Usage: Query only 7.19 TEST Subsystem The TEST system contains the commands for performing the routines as well as for direct manipulation of the hardware assemblies (:TEST:DIRect).
  • Page 818 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TEST Subsystem The "External LVDS Test" is used to check the correct data transmission of the digital baseband outputs (BBOUT). An external cable connection is needed to perform this test successfully. An output must be connected to an input with the digital I/Q cable. Always an input/output pair is tested together.

  • Page 819: Trigger Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem Example: TEST:DIR 'SSYN',0,#H12345678 TEST:DIR? 'SSYN',0 Response: #H12345678 7.20 TRIGger Subsystem The TRIGger system contains the commands for selecting the trigger source for the RF and LF sweep. The trigger input connectors are configured in the SOURce:INPut subsystem.
  • Page 820 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep:SOURce <Source> Sets the trigger source for the RF frequency sweep. The names of the parameters correspond directly to the various settings under manual control. SCPI uses other names for the parameters; these names are also accepted by the instrument.
  • Page 821 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem Example: SWE:FREQ:MODE AUTO sets the triggered sweep mode, i.e. a trigger is required to start the sweep. TRIG:FSW:SOUR SING sets the "Single" trigger mode, i.e. a trigger starts a single sweep. TRIG:FSW starts a single RF frequency sweep.
  • Page 822 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem Parameters: <Source> AUTO | IMMediate | SINGle | BUS | EXTernal | EAUTo AUTO|IMMediate The trigger is free-running, i.e. the trigger condition is fulfilled continuously. As soon as one sweep is finished, the next sweep is started.
  • Page 823 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem Parameters: <Source> AUTO | IMMediate | SINGle | BUS | EXTernal | EAUTo AUTO|IMMediate The trigger is free-running, i.e. the trigger condition is fulfilled continuously. As soon as one sweep is finished, the next sweep is started.
  • Page 824 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A TRIGger Subsystem The names of the parameters correspond directly to the various settings under manual control. SCPI uses other names for the parameters; these names are also accepted by the instrument. The SCPI names should be used if compatibility is an important consid- eration.

  • Page 825: Unit Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A UNIT Subsystem Manual operation: "Execute Single Sweep - Frequency Sweep" on page 265 :TRIGger<hw>[:IMMediate] The command immediately starts the activated sweep. The command performs a single sweep and therefore applies to sweep mode AUTO with sweep source SINGle.
  • Page 826 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMJ100A UNIT Subsystem Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 827: Maintenance

    ® Maintenance R&S SMJ100A Storing and Packing 8 Maintenance The instrument does not need periodic maintenance. Only the cleaning of the instru- ment is essential. The outside of the instrument is suitably cleaned using a soft, line- free dust cloth. Make sure that the air vents are not obstructed.
  • Page 828 ® Maintenance R&S SMJ100A Storing and Packing Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 829: Status Information, Error Messages And Troubleshooting

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Status Information 9 Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting The R&S SMJ distinguishes between a variety of different messages such as status messages, error messages, warnings, or information that are displayed in the "Info"...
  • Page 830 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Status Information The frequency entered and displayed in the "Frequency" field takes any set frequency offset into consideration, e.g. an offset set for a downstream instrument. This means that with a frequency offset the frequency displayed in the header does not correspond to the frequency at the RF output, but rather to the frequency at the output of the down- stream instrument.

  • Page 831: Status Information Displayed To The Left Of The Info Line

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Status Information 9.1.2 Status information displayed to the left of the Info line This section gives an overview of the status messages displayed to the left of the Info line. REMOTE Indicates that the instrument is in remote control mode.

  • Page 832: Error Messages

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Error Messages ALC On / Auto / S&H The status of the automatic level control is indicated: ● automatic level control permanently on ● Auto automatic level control is automatically adapted to the operating states ●...

  • Page 833: Volatile Messages

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Device-Specific Error Messages 9.2.1 Volatile messages Volatile messages report automatic settings in the instrument (e.g. switching off of incompatible types of modulation) or on illegal entries that are not accepted by the instrument (e.g.
  • Page 834 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Device-Specific Error Messages Error Error Description Remedy Code ● Check the selected refer- Extern reference out of External reference is selected but no ence signal source (internal range or disconnected external signal is applied or the signal or external) in the "Setup >...

  • Page 835: Resolving Network Connection Failures

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Resolving Network Connection Failures Error Error Description Remedy Code Unknown list type The list type selected is not valid for Check the selected list type. specified the required operation. For instance, the file extension for waveform list files is *.wv.

  • Page 836: Obtaining Technical Support

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Obtaining Technical Support Possible solutions Risk of connection errors Before configuring the network, changing IP addresses or exchanging hardware, con- sult your network administrator. Connection errors can affect the entire network.
  • Page 837 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Obtaining Technical Support To remove sensitive data ► For information on how to handle or remove the sensitive data from your instru- ment, refer to the description "Resolving Security Issues when working with R&S SMJ", provided at the product homepage.
  • Page 838 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMJ100A Obtaining Technical Support Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 839: Annex

    ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A GPIB Bus Interface Annex A Hardware Interfaces This section covers hardware related topics, like pin assignment of the GPIB bus inter- face, monitor and AUX I/O connectors. The remote control interfaces are described in detailes in Chapter 6, "Remote Control...

  • Page 840: Aux I/O Connector

    ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A AUX I/O Connector IFC (Interface Clear): active LOW resets the interfaces of the instruments connec- ted to the default setting. ATN (Attention): active LOW signals the transmission of interface messages, inac- tive HIGH signals the transmission of device messages.
  • Page 841 ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A AUX I/O Connector Table A-2: Pin assignment of the AUX I/O Connector connector Signal Description Ground ⊥ 1 .. 25 Ground LEV ATT Signal input/output for controlling the level attenuation. With external envelope curve control ("Custom Digital Modulation" only), the pin is the input for the control signal LEV_ATT.

  • Page 842: Monitor Connector (Monitor)

    ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A BERT Connector A.3 Monitor Connector (MONITOR) The 15-pin Sub-D female connector MONITOR at the rear panel is intended for con- necting an external VGA monitor. Table A-3: Pin assignment of the MONITOR connector Monitor Connector...
  • Page 843 ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A BERT Connector Figure A-2: BERT circuit diagram Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...
  • Page 844 ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMJ100A BERT Connector Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 845: List Of Commands

    ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A List of Commands :BERT:RESult?.............................. 512 :BERT:SEQuence............................514 :BERT:SETup:CLOCk[:POLarity]........................514 :BERT:SETup:DATA[:POLarity]........................515 :BERT:SETup:DENable..........................515 :BERT:SETup:IGNore............................516 :BERT:SETup:MCOunt..........................517 :BERT:SETup:MERRor..........................517 :BERT:SETup:RESTart[:STATe]........................517 :BERT:SETup:TIMeout..........................518 :BERT:SETup:TYPE............................518 :BERT:STARt..............................518 :BERT:STATe..............................519 :BERT:STOP..............................519 :BERT:UNIT..............................520 :BLER:RESult?.............................. 512 :BLER:SEQuence............................514 :BLER:SETup:CLOCk[:POLarity]........................514 :BLER:SETup:CORDer..........................515 :BLER:SETup:DATA[:POLarity]........................515 :BLER:SETup:DENable..........................515 :BLER:SETup:MCOunt..........................517 :BLER:SETup:MERRor..........................517...
  • Page 846 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A :DISPlay:ANNotation:AMPLitude........................528 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency.........................528 :DISPlay:ANNotation[:ALL]..........................528 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe..........................529 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe:ALL........................529 :DISPlay:DIALog:ID?............................. 529 :DISPlay:DIALog:OPEN..........................529 :DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff..........................530 :DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe]..........................530 :DISPlay:UPDate............................530 :FORMat:BORDer............................531 :FORMat:SREGister............................532 :FORMat[:DATA]............................531 :HCOPy:DATA?............................. 533 :HCOPy:DEVice.............................533 :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage..........................533 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]............................534 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory......................535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory:CLEar.....................535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:FILE?......................535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe......................539 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO?........................534 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:DAY:STATe..................536 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:DAY?....................536 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh:STATe..................537 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh?....................537...
  • Page 847 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A :MMEMory:DATA............................549 :MMEMory:DATA:UNPRotected........................613 :MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?........................551 :MMEMory:DCATalog?..........................550 :MMEMory:DELete............................551 :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe..........................552 :MMEMory:MDIRectory..........................552 :MMEMory:MOVE............................552 :MMEMory:MSIS............................553 :MMEMory:RDIRectory..........................553 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe..........................553 :OUTPut:BLANk:POLarity..........................555 :OUTPut:USER<ch>:SOURce........................557 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer?....................... 554 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer?......................554 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe..........................555 :OUTPut<hw>:BLANk:LIST:STATe....................... 555 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance?...........................555 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar........................ 556 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:STATe....................... 556 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:TRIPped?......................556 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]..........................557...
  • Page 848 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A :STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle........................790 :STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition......................791 :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition......................791 :STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]........................790 :STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?..........................791 :SYSTem:BIOS:VERSion?..........................800 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:LTERminator....................795 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RESource?....................796 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess..................795 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource?....................797 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource?....................796 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart....................796 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus?....................796 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:WORKgroup............... 795 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS.................. 796 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource?....................797 :SYSTem:DATE.............................798 :SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate..........................798 :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?..........................792 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?........................793 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?........................793 :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?..........................794 :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?..........................
  • Page 849 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep]:SOURce......................... 807 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep][:IMMediate]......................808 :UNIT:ANGLe..............................809 :UNIT:POWer..............................809 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog?..................... 699 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:DELete......................703 [:SOURce]:INPut:BERT:IMPedance......................520 [:SOURce]:INPut:BERT:THReshold......................520 [:SOURce]:INPut:DATA:IMPedance......................721 [:SOURce]:INPut:DATA:THReshold......................721 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:BBANd:SLOPe....................722 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:IMPedance......................722 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:LEVel........................723 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:SLOPe........................ 723 [:SOURce]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:OFLow:HOLD:RESet..................732 [:SOURce]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:OFLow:HOLD:STATe?................. 732 [:SOURce]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:OFLow:STATe?.................... 733 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:FREQuency......................... 738 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:VOLTage........................746 [:SOURce]:LFOutput[:STATe]........................740...
  • Page 850 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM:PEP?....................579 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM?......................579 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:STATe........................579 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk......................581 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:MODE....................582 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:MULTiplier..................582 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SOURce...................583 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:COUNt................597 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:MODE................598 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:SPACing............... 598 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:CONFlict?............. 599 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:DELay..............599 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FILE..............599 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FREQuency............600 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:PHASe..............600 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:POWer..............600 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:STATe..............601 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CFACtor:MODE................601 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CFACtor............... 602 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CUToff................602 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping[:STATe]................
  • Page 851 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed..............585 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay..............585 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum?...........586 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum?............586 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE..............591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime..............591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime..............591 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern..............592 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider............592 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency?..........593 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:RMODe?..................586 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SLENgth..................587 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SLUNit....................587 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SMODe..................588 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SOURce..................588 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:SYNChronize:OUTPut..........584 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:DELay..............589 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:INHibit..............589 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:RDELay?............589 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:TDELay...............589 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate..................593 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate:NAMed...............594 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:I....................594 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:Q..................... 594 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:AMPLitude..............
  • Page 852 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CLOCk:MODE............621 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:COMMent.............. 621 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:DELete..............622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:LEVel[:MODE]............622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:ESEGment..........622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:FSEGment..........623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:MODE............. 623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:OFILe..............624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SEGMent:APPend..........624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SEGMent:CATalog?..........625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SELect..............625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CREate..................625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NAME?..................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT..................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT:EXECute................ 627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT:SOURce?............... 627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:APPend..............628 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:SELect..............628 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment?....................618 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary[:TRIGger]:SEQuence..................590 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:CFACtor?........................
  • Page 853 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:COSine[:ROLLoff]..............645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:GAUSs..................645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASs..................645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASSEVM................645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:PGAuss................... 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:RCOSine................. 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:SPHase................... 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE......................647 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:CATalog?...................... 655 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:DELete......................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:FREE?......................656 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:POINts?......................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:SELect......................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FORMat........................649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:DEViation......................649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:SYMBol<ch0>:DEViation..............650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:TYPE....................650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MDELay?........................650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:CATalog?..................... 655 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:DELete......................
  • Page 854 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT.....................639 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXECute....................635 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut............. 636 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed................636 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay................637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum?............637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum?..............637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE................641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime................642 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime................642 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern................643 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider..............643 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency?............644 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:RMODe?....................638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:SLENgth....................638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:SOURce....................638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:RDELay?................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:TDELay..................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:DELay................639 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence..................... 641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:MODE......................666...
  • Page 855 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute.................. 679 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe:STEP................679 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe[:STARt]................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt]................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STARt..................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STATe..................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STOP..................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:PRESet......................673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:STATe......................672 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute................... 682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXECute.................... 682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut............683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OBASeband:DELay................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OBASeband:INHibit................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed............... 687 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay................688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum?............688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum?............688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE................689 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime..............689...
  • Page 856 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:POWer:SGAMma:STATe............701 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:DELete..............701 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:MAGNitude.............. 702 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:MAGNitude:POINts?..........702 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:PHASe..............702 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:SGAMma:PHASe:POINts?............703 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA[:SENSor<ch>][:POWer]:SONCe..........703 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET[:SELect]....................707 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog?............... 704 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension..............704 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect................705 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn............705 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal............706 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:EXECute................... 706 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:MODE..................706 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:SELect..................707 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:MLEVel:STATe....................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:VALue?......................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe.....................709 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe]......................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:DM:FILTer:PARameter....................... 647 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:EXTernal:COUPling......................710...
  • Page 857 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment[:STATe].......................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:CDEVice?.....................732 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:PON..................... 733 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:LEVel..................733 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:PEP..................734 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:STEP:MODE................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:STEP[:INCRement]..............734 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:SRATe....................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:SRATe:FIFO[:STATus]?..............736 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:SRATe:SOURce.................. 736 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:STATe....................737 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:LEVel........................730 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:POWer:VIA.......................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:COUPling[:STATe]..............729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:I....................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:OPTimization[:RF]:STATe............730 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:Q.....................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:MODE....................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:I..................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:Q..................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:POWer:PEP:RESult?...............730 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:TYPE....................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SOURce.........................726...
  • Page 858 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl........................752 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREE?........................753 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency........................753 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency:POINts?....................754 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex......................... 754 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STARt......................754 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STOP.......................755 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:LEARn........................755 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:MODE.........................755 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer........................756 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer:POINts?......................756 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RESet.........................757 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect........................757 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:EXECute......................757 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:SOURce...................... 758 [:SOURce<hw>]:MODulation[:ALL][:STATe]....................758 [:SOURce<hw>]:PHASe..........................759 [:SOURce<hw>]:PHASe:REFerence......................759 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:EXTernal:COUPling......................760 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:MODE...........................760 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SENSitivity?........................761 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SOURce........................761 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:STATe.......................... 762 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM[:DEViation]........................760 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:OMODe......................
  • Page 859 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SHAPe...................... 786 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SPACing:MODE?..................787 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:STEP[:LOGarithmic]................. 787 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:RESet[:ALL]......................787 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl..................... 778 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute..................779 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE..................... 779 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts.....................780 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RETRace..................780 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing?..................781 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe.................... 781 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing..................781 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic................783 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear]................. 782 {[TRACE] LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1}............. 497 {CLOCK: frequency}............................492 {COMMENT: string} ............................492 {CONTROL LENGTH: ControlLength}......................495...
  • Page 860 ® List of Commands R&S SMJ100A *SRE................................487 *STB?................................487 *TRG................................487 *TST?................................487 *WAI................................488 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SNUMber?........................565 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:STATus[:DEVice]?..................... 566 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SVERsion?.........................566 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE?........................567 Operating Manual 1403.7458.32 ─ 14...

  • Page 861: Index

    ® Index R&S SMJ100A Index Symbols AM State ................. 243 Amplitude *OPC ................472 Annotation (setup security) ........151 *OPC? ................472 Amplitude of test signal ........... 392 *RST ................481 Analog Impairments ............284 *WAI ................472 Analog Wideband I/Q In ..........284 &GTL ................
  • Page 862 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Bandwidth Check front panel ............139 DM ................349 Performing ..............140 Baseband Connection Selftest ........139 Settings ..............140 Baseband Gain (I/Q) ..........287, 727 Clear status Baseband generator (option R&S SMJ-B9/B10/B11) ..75 Remote ..............484 Baseband input module (option R&S SMJ-B17) ....
  • Page 863 ® Index R&S SMJ100A I OUT ................28 Cut ...................166 I OUT BAR ..............28 Cut Off Frequency Factor ..........349 IEC/IEEE ..............29 Cut, data editor ..............354 INSTR TRIG ............... 30 CW (continuous wave) ............ 321 LAN ................30 CW Interferer ..............
  • Page 864 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Differential settings storing ........160, 342 Error Messages ............... 816 Digital I/Q Output - EX-IQ-BOX Settings ......307 device-specific ............817 Digital I/Q Output peak level - I/Q OUT ......308 SCPI ................. 817 Digital I/Q Output Peak Level - I/Q OUT ......308 Error messages - display list ...........
  • Page 865 ® Index R&S SMJ100A File type selection ............166 GET ................. 445 Fill Table Getting started ..............71 List Mode ..............277 Global Trigger/Clock Settings ......... 390, 437 Fill Table - List mode ............280 Global Trigger/Clock/External Input Settings ....141 Fill Table From ..............
  • Page 866 ® Index R&S SMJ100A DATA ................ 825 Keyboard EXT TUNE ..............825 Layout ............... 144 LEV-ATT ..............825 Keyboard emulation ............122 USER 2 ..............825 Keyboard Language ............542 USER 3 ..............825 Keypad ................23 USER 4 ..............825 Keywords Input connector .........
  • Page 867 ® Index R&S SMJ100A LF sweep Maximum deviation ............250 Step lin ..............259 FM ................247 Step log ..............259 Measured external clock ......... 390, 436 Step width ..............259 Measured External Clock ..........367 LF Sweep ................ 258 Menu structure LFSweep .................
  • Page 868 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Network Option: expiration date ............ 134 Connection fails ............819 Options New list ................406 Identification (remote) ..........485 New password Options - Hardcopy ............154 Setup (security) ............150 Orientation- Hardcopy ............. 541 New Sequencing List ............. 409 Oscillator Next Segment ..............
  • Page 869 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Peak power - Baseband Signal Power Measurement ..312 Power-On Count ............. 132, 133 Peak power of baseband ..........311 Power-On Counter ............527 Period ................402 Power-On State ............... 220 Periodical PPC ................. 445 Marker trace .............. 495 PPE .................
  • Page 870 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Reference Mode - AWGN ..........297 RF Level Reference oscillator ............209 limit ................218 Adjustment active ............. 212 RF OFF ..............199, 813 Adjustment frequency ..........212 RF off state External frequency ............ 212 Reference oscillator ..........211 RF off state ...............
  • Page 871 ® Index R&S SMJ100A SCPI remote trace Set to default ............374, 412 LXI ................68 DM ................340 Screen Saver ..............143 Set to default - MCCW ............ 425 SDC .................445 Setting commands ............441 Search Once - ALC ............222 Setting not possible ............
  • Page 872 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Spectrum display ............. 179 S&H ................816 SRE ................. 474 SYS CTRL ............... 815 SRE (service request enable register) ......477 Table ................. 816 SRQ ................823 UCorr ................ 816 SRQ (service request) ..........477, 479 Status registers ...............
  • Page 873 ® Index R&S SMJ100A System directory ............. 543 Trigger Source ............380, 433 DM ................363 Level Sweep ............. 269 List Mode ..............274 Tag type Trigger Source - Graphics ..........171 Clock ................. 492 Triggering Control length ............495 Multi segment waveform ...........
  • Page 874 ® Index R&S SMJ100A Vector diagram ..............175 Vector modulation ............282 Virus protection ..............42 Virus-Protection Software ..........59 VISA ................ 439, 442 Libraries ..............440 Resource string ..........440, 442 VISA resource string Ethernet ..............147 GPIB ................. 147 HISLIP ..............

Table of Contents